US20150291958A1 - Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds - Google Patents

Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150291958A1
US20150291958A1 US14/443,369 US201314443369A US2015291958A1 US 20150291958 A1 US20150291958 A1 US 20150291958A1 US 201314443369 A US201314443369 A US 201314443369A US 2015291958 A1 US2015291958 A1 US 2015291958A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
region
conjugate
group
oligomer
lna
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/443,369
Inventor
Nanna Albaek
Henrik Frydenlund Hansen
Susanne Kammler
Jacob Ravn
Henrik Orum
Mark Turner
Marie Lindholm
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen AS
Original Assignee
Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen AS
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen AS filed Critical Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen AS
Assigned to ROCHE INNOVATION CENTER COPENHAGEN A/S reassignment ROCHE INNOVATION CENTER COPENHAGEN A/S ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ORUM, HENRIK, RAVN, JACOB, ALBÆK, Nanna, HANSEN, HENRIK FRYDENLUND, KAMMLER, Susanne, LINDHOLM, MARIE, TURNER, MARK
Publication of US20150291958A1 publication Critical patent/US20150291958A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/11Antisense
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/314Phosphoramidates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/315Phosphorothioates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/323Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure
    • C12N2310/3231Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure having an additional ring, e.g. LNA, ENA
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/34Spatial arrangement of the modifications
    • C12N2310/341Gapmers, i.e. of the type ===---===
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351Conjugate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351Conjugate
    • C12N2310/3515Lipophilic moiety, e.g. cholesterol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351Conjugate
    • C12N2310/3517Marker; Tag
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2320/00Applications; Uses
    • C12N2320/30Special therapeutic applications
    • C12N2320/32Special delivery means, e.g. tissue-specific
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2330/00Production
    • C12N2330/30Production chemically synthesised

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to conjugates of LNA antisense oligonucleotides (oligomers) that target ApoB.
  • SPC3833 and SPC4955 are two LNA compounds which have been previously identified as potent compounds which target human ApoB mRNA.
  • WO2007/146511 reports on short bicyclic (LNA) gapmer antisense oligonucleotides which apparently are more potent and less toxic than longer compounds.
  • the exemplified compounds appear to be 14 nts in length.
  • EP 1 984 381 B1 Seth et al., Nucleic Acids Symposium Series 2008 No. 52 553-554 and Swayze et al., Nucleic Acid Research 2007, vol 35, pp 687-700, LNA oligonucleotides cause significant hepatotoxicity in animals. According to WO2007/146511, the toxicity of LNA oligonucleotides may be avoided by using LNA gapmers as short as 12-14 nucleotides in length. EP 1 984 381 B1 recommends using 6′ substituted bicyclic nucleotides to decrease the hepatotoxicity potential of LNA oligonucleotides. According to Hagedorn et al., Nucleic Acid Therapeutics 2013, the hepatotoxic potential of antisense oligonucleotide may be predicted from their sequence and modification pattern.
  • Oligonucleotide conjugates have been extensively evaluated for use in siRNAs, where they are considered essential in order to obtain sufficient in vivo potency.
  • WO2004/044141 refers to modified oligomeric compounds that modulate gene expression via an RNA interference pathway.
  • the oligomeric compounds include one or more conjugate moieties that can modify or enhance the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of the attached oligomeric compound.
  • WO2012/083046 reports on a galactose cluster-pharmacokinetic modulator targeting moiety for siRNAs.
  • single stranded antisense oligonucleotides are typically administered therapeutically without conjugation or formulation.
  • the main target tissues for antisense oligonucleotides are the liver and the kidney, although a wide range of other tissues are also accessible by the antisense modality, including lymph node, spleen, bone marrow.
  • WO 2005/086775 refers to targeted delivery of therapeutic agents to specific organs using a therapeutic chemical moiety, a cleavable linker and a labeling domain.
  • the cleavable linker may be, for example, a disulfide group, a peptide or a restriction enzyme cleavable oligonucleotide domain.
  • WO 2011/126937 refers to targeted intracellular delivery of oligonucleotides via conjugation with small molecule ligands.
  • WO2009/025669 refers to polymeric (polyethylene glycol) linkers containing pyridyl disulphide moieties. See also Zhao et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 2005 16 758-766.
  • the invention provides for an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate (the compound of the invention) comprising a first region of an oligomer (region A—such as an LNA oligomer, a gapmer oligomer or an LNA gapmer oligomer), targeting an ApoB nucleic acid, covalently joined to a further region (region C) comprising a conjugate moiety selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally the asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate, is joined to the LNA oligomer via biocleavable linker.
  • region A such as an LNA oligomer, a gapmer oligomer or an LNA gapmer oligomer
  • region C comprising a conjugate moiety selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally
  • the invention provides for a conjugate comprising an LNA antisense oligomer (the compound of the invention) targeting to a ApoB nucleic acid (A) and at least one non-nucleotide or non-polynucleotide moiety (C) covalently attached to said oligomer (A), wherein the non-polynucleotide moiety is selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally the asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate, is covalently joined to the LNA antisense oligomer via a biocleavable linker (region B)
  • the invention provides for an oligomeric compound (the compound of the invention), which targets an ApoB nucleic acid target, which comprises three regions:
  • region A and region B form a single contiguous nucleotide sequence of 8-35 nucleotides in length.
  • the internucleoside linkage between the first and second regions may be considered part of the second region.
  • a phosphorus containing linkage group between the second and third region.
  • the phosphorus linkage group may, for example, be a phosphate (phosphodiester), a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate or a boranophosphate group.
  • this phosphorus containing linkage group is positioned between the second region and a linker region which is attached to the third region.
  • the phosphate group is a phosphodiester.
  • the oligomeric compound comprises at least two phosphodiester groups, wherein at least one is as according to the above statement of invention, and the other is positioned between the second and third regions, optionally between a linker group and the second region.
  • the third region is an activation group, such as an activation group for use in conjugation.
  • the invention also provides activated oligomers comprising region A and B and a activation group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • the third region is a reactive group, such as a reactive group for use in conjugation.
  • the invention also provides oligomers comprising region A and B and a reactive group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • the reactive group may, in some embodiments comprise an amine of alcohol group, such as an amine group.
  • region A comprises at least one, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, or 24 internucleoside linkages other than phosphodiester, such as internucleoside linkages which are (optionally independently] selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, and boranophosphate, and methylphosphonate, such as phosphorothioate.
  • region A comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage.
  • At least 50%, such as at least 75%, such as at least 90% of the internucleoside linkages, such as all the internucleoside linkages within region A are other than phosphodiester, for example are phosphorothioate linkages. In some embodiments, all the internucleoside linkages in region A are other than phosphodiester.
  • the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region.
  • region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • the invention provides a non-phosphodiester linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting
  • the invention provides for pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant comprising the compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant.
  • the invention provides for the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for use as a medicament, such as for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
  • FCHL familial hyperlipidemia
  • CAD coronary artery disease
  • CHD coronary heart disease
  • the invention provides for the use of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
  • FCHL familial hyperlipidemia
  • CAD coronary artery disease
  • CHD coronary heart disease
  • the invention provides for a method of treating acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD), said method comprising administering an effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, to a patient suffering from, or likely to suffer from hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder.
  • a disorder selected from the group consisting atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD) said method comprising administering an effective amount of the compound or
  • the invention provides for an in vivo or in vitro method for the inhibition of ApoB in a cell which is expressing ApoB, said method comprising administering the compound of the invention to said cell so as to inhibit ApoB in said cell.
  • the invention provides for the compound of the invention for use in medicine, such as for use as a medicament.
  • the invention also provides for an LNA oligomer, comprising a contiguous region of 12-24 phosphorothioate linked nucleosides which are complementary to a corresponding region of a ApoB nucleic acid target, and further comprising between 1 and 6 DNA nucleosides which are contiguous with the LNA oligomer, wherein the internucleoside linkages between the DNA, and/or adjacent to the DNA nucleoside(s), is physiologically labile, such as is/are phosphodiester linkages.
  • an LNA oligomer may be in the form of a conjugate, as described herein, or may, for example be an intermediate to be used in a subsequent conjugation step.
  • the conjugate may, for example be or comprise a sterol, such as cholesterol or tocopherol, or may be or comprise a (non-nucleotide) carbohydrate, such as a GalNac conjugate, such as a GalNac cluster, e.g. triGalNac, or another conjugate as described herein.
  • a sterol such as cholesterol or tocopherol
  • a (non-nucleotide) carbohydrate such as a GalNac conjugate, such as a GalNac cluster, e.g. triGalNac, or another conjugate as described herein.
  • the invention provides for an LNA antisense oligomer (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer comprising a contiguous region of 12-24 phosphorothioate linked nucleosides which are complementary to a corresponding region of a ApoB nucleic acid target, and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety, which may form part of a further region (referred to as region C).
  • the LNA antisense oligomer may be 12-24, and may be in the form of a gapmer oligomer.
  • FIG. 1 Non-limiting illustration of oligomers of the invention attached to an activation group (i.e. a protected reactive group—as the third region).
  • the internucleoside linkage L may be, for example phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, such as phosphodiester.
  • PO is a phosphodiester linkage.
  • Compound a) has a region B with a single DNA or RNA, the linkage between the second and the first region is PO.
  • Compound b) has two DNA/RNA (such as DNA) nucleosides linked by a phosphodiester linkage.
  • Compound c) has three DNA/RNA (such as DNA) nucleosides linked by a phosphodiester linkages.
  • Region B may be further extended by further phosphodiester DNA/RNA (such as DNA nucleosides).
  • the activation group is illustrated on the left side of each compound, and may, optionally be linked to the terminal nucleoside of region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or in some embodiments a triazole linkage.
  • Compounds d), e), & f) further comprise a linker (Y) between region B and the activation group, and region Y may be linked to region B via, for example, a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or in some embodiments a triazole linkage.
  • a linker (Y) between region B and the activation group
  • region Y may be linked to region B via, for example, a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or in some embodiments a triazole linkage.
  • FIG. 2 Equivalent compounds as shown in FIG. 1 , however a reactive group is used in place of the activation group.
  • the reactive group may, in some embodiments be the result of activation of the activation group (e.g. deprotection).
  • the reactive group may, in non-limiting examples, be an amine or alcohol.
  • FIG. 3 Non-limiting Illustration of compounds of the invention. Same nomenclature as FIG. 1 .
  • X may in some embodiments be a conjugate, such as a lipophilic conjugate such as cholesterol, or another conjugate such as those described herein.
  • X may be a targeting group or a blocking group.
  • X may be an activation group (see FIG. 1 ), or a reactive group (see FIG. 2 ).
  • X may be covalently attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or may be linked via via an alternative linkage, e.g. a triazol linkage (see L in compounds d), e), and f)).
  • FIG. 4 Non-limiting Illustration of compounds of the invention, where the compounds comprise the optional linker between the third region (X) and the second region (region B). Same nomenclature as FIG. 1 .
  • Suitable linkers are disclosed herein, and include, for example alkyl linkers, for example C6 linkers.
  • the linker between X and region B is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or may be linked via an alternative linkage eg. a triazol linkage (Li).
  • Lii represents the internucleoside linkage between the first (A) and second regions (B).
  • FIGS. 5 a and b. 5 b shows a non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention.
  • US represent a oligonucleotide synthesis support, which may be a solid support.
  • X is the third region, such as a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group etc.
  • X is added to the oligonucleotide synthesis support. Otherwise the support with X already attached may be obtained (i).
  • region B is synthesized (ii), followed by region A (iii), and subsequently the cleavage of the oligomeric compound of the invention from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv).
  • the pre-step involves the provision of a oligonucleotide synthesis support with a region X and a linker group (Y) attached (see FIG. 5 a ).
  • a linker group Y
  • FIG. 6 A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention which comprise a linker (Y) between the third region (X) and the second region (B).
  • US represents a oligonucleotide synthesis support, which may be a solid support.
  • X is the third region, such as a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group etc.
  • Y is added to the oligonucleotide synthesis support. Otherwise the support with Y already attached may be obtained (i).
  • region B is synthesized (ii), followed by region A (iii), and subsequently the cleavage of the oligomeric compound of the invention from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv).
  • region X may be added to the linker (Y) after the cleavage step (v).
  • Y is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 7 A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention which utilize an activation group.
  • the activation group is attached the oligonucleotide synthesis support (i), or the oligonucleotide synthesis support with activation group is otherwise obtained.
  • region B is synthesized, followed by region A (iii).
  • the oligomer is then cleaved from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv).
  • the intermediate oligomer (comprising an activation group) may then be activated (vl) or (viii) and a third region (X) added (vi), optionally via a linker (Y) (ix).
  • X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 8 A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention, wherein a bifunctional oligonucleotide synthesis support is used (i).
  • a bifunctional oligonucleotide synthesis support is used (i).
  • either the oligonucleotide is synthesized in an initial series of steps (ii)-(iii), followed by the attachment of the third region (optionally via a linker group Y), the oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (v).
  • the third region (optionally with a linker group (Y) is attached to the oligonucleotide synthesis support (this may be an optional pre-step)—or a oligonucleotide synthesis support with the third region (optionally with Y) is otherwise provided, the oligonucleotide is then synthesized (vii-viii).
  • the oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (ix).
  • X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • the US may in some embodiment, prior to the method (such as the pre-step) comprise a step of adding a bidirectional (bifunctional) group which allows the independent synthesis of the oligonucleotide and the covalent attachment of group X, Y (or X and Y) to support (as shown)—this may for example be achieved using a triazol or of nucleoside group.
  • the bidirectional (bifunctional) group, with the oligomer attached may then be cleaved from the support.
  • FIG. 9 A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention:
  • the first region (A) is synthesized (ii), followed by region B.
  • the third region is then attached to region B (iii), optionally via a phosphate nucleoside linkage (or e.g. a triazol linkage).
  • the oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (iv).
  • a linker (Y) is used, in some embodiments the steps (v)-(viii) may be followed: after synthesis of region B, the linker group (Y) is added, and then either attached to (Y) or in a subsequent step, region X is added (vi).
  • oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (vii).
  • X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 10 A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention: In this method an activation group is used: Steps (i)-(iii) are as per FIG. 9 . However after the oligonucleotide synthesis (step iii), an activation group (or a reactive group) is added to region B, optionally via a phosphate nucleoside linkage. The oligonucleotide is then cleaved from the support (v).
  • the activation group may be subsequently activated to produce a reactive group, and then the third region (X), such as the conjugate, blocking group or targeting group, is added to the reactive group (which may be the activated activation group or the reactive group), to produce the oligomer (vi).
  • the third region (X) such as the conjugate, blocking group or targeting group
  • the reactive group which may be the activated activation group or the reactive group
  • region X is added to produce the oligomer (viii).
  • the reactive group or activation group is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate
  • an alternative linkage such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 11 Silencing of ApoB mRNA with Cholesterol-conjugates in vivo. Mice were injected with a single dose of 1 mg/kg unconjugated LNA-antisense oligonucleotide (#3833) or equimolar amounts of LNA antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to Cholesterol with different linkers (Tab. 3) and sacrificed at days 1, 3, 7 and 10 after dosing. RNA was isolated from liver and kidney and subjected to ApoB specific RT-qPCR A. Quantification of ApoB mRNA from liver samples normalized to GAPDH and shown as percentage of the average of equivalent saline controls B. Quantification of ApoB mRNA from kidney samples normalized to GAPDH and shown as percentage of the average of equivalent saline controls.
  • FIG. 12 Shows the cholesterol C6 conjugate which may be used as X-Y- in compounds of the invention, as well as specific compounds used in the examples, include specific compounds of the invention.
  • FIG. 13 Examples of tri-GalNac conjugates which may be used.
  • Conjugates 1-4 illustrate 4 suitable GalNac conjugate moieties, and conjugates 1a-4a refer to the same conjugates with an additional linker moiety (Y) which is used to link the conjugate to the oligomer (region A or to a biocleavable linker, such as region B).
  • the wavy line represents the covalent link to the oligomer.
  • FIG. 14 Examples of cholesterol and tocopherol conjugate moieties.
  • the wavy line represents the covalent link to the oligomer.
  • FIG. 16 Example 8—ApoB mRNA expression
  • FIG. 17 Example 8—Total cholesterol in serum
  • FIG. 18 Example 8—Oligonucleotide content in liver and kidney
  • the invention relates to oligomeric compounds which targets an ApoB nucleic acid, such as LNA antisense oligonucleotides, which are covalently linked to a conjugate group, a targeting group, a reactive group, an activation group, or a blocking group, via a short region comprising (e.g. 1-10) of phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside(s).
  • ApoB nucleic acid such as LNA antisense oligonucleotides
  • oligomer in the context of the present invention, refers to a molecule formed by covalent linkage of two or more nucleotides (i.e. an oligonucleotide).
  • a single nucleotide (unit) may also be referred to as a monomer or unit.
  • the terms “nucleoside”, “nucleotide”, “unit” and “monomer” are used interchangeably. It will be recognized that when referring to a sequence of nucleotides or monomers, what is referred to is the sequence of bases, such as A, T, G, C or U.
  • the oligomer of the invention may be an LNA oligomer, i.e. comprises at least one LNA nucleoside unit, or a gapmer, such as an LNA gapmer.
  • the oligomer of the invention may comprise between 10-22, such as 12-22 nucleotides in length.
  • the oligomer of the invention may comprise a contiguous sequence of 10-20 nucleotides which are complementary, such as fully complementary, to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target (such as NM — 000384 or genbank accession No: NG — 011793, NM — 000384.2 GI:105990531 and NG — 011793.1 GI:226442987 are hereby incorporated by reference).
  • the contiguous sequence of 10-20 nucleotides may linked, for example, by phosphorothioate linkages.
  • the oligomer of the invention may comprise the sequence of nucleobases shown in SEQ ID NO 1 or SEQ ID No 2.
  • the compound (e.g. oligomer or conjugate) of the invention targets ApoB, and as such is capable of inhibiting ApoB, such as human ApoB, in a cell expressing said ApoB.
  • the internucleoside linkages of the contiguous sequence may be phosphorothioate linkages, and may comprise affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues.
  • the nucleotide analogues are sugar modified nucleotides, such as sugar modified nucleotides independently or dependently selected from the group consisting of: Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA or BNA) units; 2′-O-alkyl-RNA units, 2′-OMe-RNA units, 2′-amino-DNA units, and 2′-fluoro-DNA units.
  • LNA Locked Nucleic Acid
  • BNA Locked Nucleic Acid
  • the nucleotide analogues comprise or are Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA, also known as BNA) units.
  • LNA Locked Nucleic Acid
  • the oligomer of the invention comprises or is a gapmer, such as a LNA gapmer oligonucleotide.
  • the oligomer of the invention comprises a contiguous sequence of 13, 14, 15 or 16 nucleotides which are complementary to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target, and may optionally comprise a further 1-10, for example 1-6 nucleotides, which may form or comprise a biocleavable nucleotide region, such as a phosphate nucleotide linker.
  • the biocleavable nucleotide region is formed of a short stretch (eg. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6) of nucleotides which are physiologically labile. This may be achieved by using phosphodiester linkages with DNA/RNA nucleosides, or if physiological liability can be maintained, other nucleosides may be used.
  • the oligomer of the invention may therefore comprise of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of 10-20 nts in length which is complementary to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target (A first region, or region A).
  • the oligomer of the invention may comprise a further nucleotide region.
  • the further nucleotide region comprises a biocleavable nucleotide region, such as a phosphate nucleotide sequence (a second region, region B), which may covalently link region A to a non-nucleotide moiety, such as a conjugate group, (a third region, or region C).
  • the contiguous nucleotide sequence of the oligomer of the invention (region A) is directly covalently linked to region C.
  • region C is biocleavable.
  • the may oligomer consists or comprises of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of from 10-22, such as 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, nucleotides in length, such as 13-16, or 13 or 14, or 15 or 16 nucleotides in length.
  • the oligomer may therefore refer to the combined length of region A and region B, e.g. (Region A 10-16 nt) and region B (1-6 nt).
  • the compound of the invention does not comprise RNA (units).
  • the compound according to the invention, the first region, or the first and second regions together e.g. as a single contiguous sequence
  • the oligomer may therefore be single stranded molecule.
  • the oligomer does not comprise short regions of, for example, at least 3, 4 or 5 contiguous nucleotides, which are complementary to equivalent regions within the same oligomer (i.e. duplexes).
  • the oligomer in some embodiments, may be not (essentially) double stranded. In some embodiments, the oligomer is essentially not double stranded, such as is not a siRNA.
  • the oligomer of the invention is capable of down-regulating expression of the APO-B gene, such as ApoB-100 or ApoB-48 (APOB).
  • the oligomer of the invention can affect the inhibition of APOB, typically in a mammalian such as a human cell, such as liver cells.
  • the oligomers of the invention bind to the target nucleic acid and effect inhibition of expression of at least 10% or 20% compared to the normal expression level, more preferably at least a 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% inhibition compared to the normal expression level.
  • such modulation is seen when using between 0.04 and 25 nM, such as between 0.8 and 20 nM concentration of the compound of the invention.
  • the inhibition of expression is less than 100%, such as less than 98% inhibition, less than 95% inhibition, less than 90% inhibition, less than 80% inhibition, such as less than 70% inhibition.
  • Modulation of expression level may be determined by measuring protein levels, e.g. by the methods such as SDS-PAGE followed by western blotting using suitable antibodies raised against the target protein. Alternatively, modulation of expression levels can be determined by measuring levels of mRNA, e.g. by northern blotting or quantitative RT-PCR.
  • the level of down-regulation when using an appropriate dosage is, In some embodiments, typically to a level of between 10-20% the normal levels in the absence of the compound of the invention.
  • the invention therefore provides a method of down-regulating or inhibiting the expression of APO-B protein and/or mRNA in a cell which is expressing APO-B protein and/or mRNA, said method comprising administering the compound of the invention to the invention to said cell to down-regulating or inhibiting the expression of APO-B protein and/or mRNA in said cell.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell such as a human cell.
  • the administration may occur, in some embodiments, in vitro.
  • the administration may occur, in some embodiments, in vivo.
  • target nucleic acid refers to the DNA or RNA encoding mammalian APO-B polypeptide, such as human APO-B100, such as human APO-B100 mRNA.
  • APO-B100 encoding nucleic acids or naturally occurring variants thereof, and RNA nucleic acids derived therefrom, preferably mRNA, such as pre-mRNA, although preferably mature mRNA.
  • the “target nucleic acid” may be a cDNA or a synthetic oligonucleotide derived from the above DNA or RNA nucleic acid targets.
  • the oligomer according to the invention is preferably capable of hybridising to the target nucleic acid. It will be recognised that human APO-B mRNA is a cDNA sequence, and as such, corresponds to the mature mRNA target sequence, although uracil is replaced with thymidine in the cDNA sequences.
  • naturally occurring variant thereof refers to variants of the APO-B1 polypeptide of nucleic acid sequence which exist naturally within the defined taxonomic group, such as mammalian, such as mouse, monkey, and preferably human.
  • the term also may encompass any allelic variant of the APO-B encoding genomic DNA by chromosomal translocation or duplication, and the RNA, such as mRNA derived therefrom.
  • “Naturally occurring variants” may also include variants derived from alternative splicing of the APO-B100 mRNA.
  • the term when referenced to a specific polypeptide sequence, e.g., the term also includes naturally occurring forms of the protein which may therefore be processed, e.g. by co- or post-translational modifications, such as signal peptide cleavage, proteolytic cleavage, glycosylation, etc.
  • the oligomers (region A) may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence which corresponds to the reverse complement of a nucleotide sequence present in e.g. the human APO-B mRNA.
  • the oligomer (region A) may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is fully complementary (perfectly complementary) to the equivalent region of a nucleic acid which encodes a mammalian APO-B (e.g., human APO-B100 mRNA).
  • the oligomer (region A) can comprise or consist of an antisense nucleotide sequence.
  • the oligomer may tolerate 1 or 2 mismatches, when hybridising to the target sequence and still sufficiently bind to the target to show the desired effect, i.e. down-regulation of the target.
  • Mismatches may, for example, be compensated by increased length of the oligomer nucleotide sequence and/or an increased number of nucleotide analogues, such as LNA, present within the nucleotide sequence.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer may comprise additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides, such as, independently, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 additional nucleotides 5′ and/or 3′, which are non-complementary to the target sequence—such non-complementary oligonucleotides may form region B.
  • the oligomer of the invention may, in some embodiments, comprise a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is flanked 5′ and or 3′ by additional nucleotides.
  • the additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides are naturally occurring nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA.
  • the additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides may represent region D as referred to in the context of gapmer oligomers herein.
  • the internucleoside linkages between the additional nucleotides, and optionally between the additional nucleotides and the oligomer are phosphodiester linkages.
  • the oligomer according to the invention consists or comprises of a nucleotide sequence according to SEQ ID NO:1, or a sub-sequence of at least 10 or 12 nucleobases thereof.
  • the oligomer according to the invention consists or comprises of a nucleotide sequence according to SEQ ID NO:2, or a sub-sequence of at least 10 or 12 nucleobases thereof.
  • the GalNac conjugate itself is biocleavable, utilizing a peptide linker in the GalNac cluster, and as such a further biocleavable linker (B) may or may not be used.
  • a biocleavable linker (B) such as the phosphate nucleotide linkers disclosed herein may enhance activity of such GalNac cluster oligomer conjugates.
  • the use of a biocleavable linker greatly enhances compound activity inclusion of a biocleavable linker (B), such as the phosphate nucleotide linkers disclosed herein is recommended.
  • the conjugate moiety (and region B or region Y or B and Y, may be positioned, e.g. 5′ or 3′ to the SEQ ID, such as 5′ to region A.
  • corresponding to and “corresponds to” refer to the comparison between the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer (i.e. the nucleobase or base sequence) or contiguous nucleotide sequence (a first region/region A) and the reverse complement of the nucleic acid target, or sub-region thereof.
  • Nucleotide analogues are compared directly to their equivalent or corresponding nucleotides.
  • the oligomers (or first region thereof) are complementary to the target region or sub-region, such as fully complementary.
  • nucleotide analogue and “corresponding nucleotide” are intended to indicate that the nucleotide in the nucleotide analogue and the naturally occurring nucleotide are identical.
  • the “corresponding nucleotide analogue” contains a pentose unit (different from 2-deoxyribose) linked to an adenine.
  • nucleobase refers to the base moiety of a nucleotide and covers both naturally occurring a well as non-naturally occurring variants. Thus, “nucleobase” covers not only the known purine and pyrimidine heterocycles but also heterocyclic analogues and tautomeres thereof. It will be recognised that the DNA or RNA nucleosides of region B may have a naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring nucleobase(s).
  • nucleobases include, but are not limited to adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, uracil, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 5-methylcytosine, isocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-bromouracil, 5-propynyluracil, 6-aminopurine, 2-aminopurine, inosine, diaminopurine, and 2-chloro-6-aminopurine.
  • the nucleobases may be independently selected from the group consisting of adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, uracil, 5-methylcytosine.
  • nucleobases may be independently selected from the group consisting of adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, and 5-methylcytosine.
  • At least one of the nucleobases present in the oligomer is a modified nucleobase selected from the group consisting of 5-methylcytosine, isocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-bromouracil, 5-propynyluracil, 6-aminopurine, 2-aminopurine, inosine, diaminopurine, and 2-chloro-6-aminopurine.
  • the oligomers may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of between 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, or 22 contiguous nucleotides in length. Lengths may include region A or region A and B for example.
  • the oligomers comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of between 10-22, such as 12-18, such as 13-17 or 12-16, such as 13, 14, 15, 16 contiguous nucleotides in length.
  • the oligomer according to the invention consists of no more than 22 nucleotides, such as no more than 20 nucleotides, such as no more than 18 nucleotides, such as 15, 16 or 17 nucleotides. In some embodiments the oligomer of the invention comprises less than 20 nucleotides.
  • nucleotide refers to a glycoside comprising a sugar moiety, a base moiety and a covalently linked group, such as a phosphate or phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage group, and covers both naturally occurring nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA, and non-naturally occurring nucleotides comprising modified sugar and/or base moieties, which are also referred to as “nucleotide analogues” herein.
  • a single nucleotide (unit) may also be referred to as a monomer or nucleic acid unit.
  • nucleoside is commonly used to refer to a glycoside comprising a sugar moiety and a base moiety, and may therefore be used when referring to the nucleotide units, which are covalently linked by the internucleotide linkages between the nucleotides of the oligomer.
  • the 5′ nucleotide of an oligonucleotide does not comprise a 5′ internucleotide linkage group, although may or may not comprise a 5′ terminal group.
  • Non-naturally occurring nucleotides include nucleotides which have modified sugar moieties, such as bicyclic nucleotides or 2′ modified nucleotides, such as 2′ substituted nucleotides.
  • Nucleotide analogues are variants of natural nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA nucleotides, by virtue of modifications in the sugar and/or base moieties. Analogues could in principle be merely “silent” or “equivalent” to the natural nucleotides in the context of the oligonucleotide, i.e. have no functional effect on the way the oligonucleotide works to inhibit target gene expression. Such “equivalent” analogues may nevertheless be useful if, for example, they are easier or cheaper to manufacture, or are more stable to storage or manufacturing conditions, or represent a tag or label.
  • the analogues will have a functional effect on the way in which the oligomer works to inhibit expression; for example by producing increased binding affinity to the target and/or increased resistance to intracellular nucleases and/or increased ease of transport into the cell.
  • nucleoside analogues are described by e.g. Freier & Altmann; Nucl. Acid Res., 1997, 25, 4429-4443 and Uhlmann; Curr. Opinion in Drug Development, 2000, 3(2), 293-213, and in Scheme 1:
  • the oligomer may thus comprise or consist of a simple sequence of natural occurring nucleotides—preferably 2′-deoxynucleotides (referred here generally as “DNA”), but also possibly ribonucleotides (referred here generally as “RNA”), or a combination of such naturally occurring nucleotides and one or more non-naturally occurring nucleotides, i.e. nucleotide analogues.
  • DNA 2′-deoxynucleotides
  • RNA ribonucleotides
  • nucleotide analogues may suitably enhance the affinity of the oligomer for the target sequence.
  • nucleotide analogues examples include tricyclic nucleic acids, for example please see WO2013154798 and WO2013154798 which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • affinity-enhancing nucleotide analogues in the oligomer can allow the size of the specifically binding oligomer to be reduced, and may also reduce the upper limit to the size of the oligomer before non-specific or aberrant binding takes place.
  • the oligomer comprises at least 2 nucleotide analogues. In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises from 3-8 nucleotide analogues, e.g. 6 or 7 nucleotide analogues. In the by far most preferred embodiments, at least one of said nucleotide analogues is a locked nucleic acid (LNA); for example at least 3 or at least 4, or at least 5, or at least 6, or at least 7, or 8, of the nucleotide analogues may be LNA. In some embodiments all the nucleotides analogues may be LNA.
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • the oligomers of the invention which are defined by that sequence may comprise a corresponding nucleotide analogue in place of one or more of the nucleotides present in said sequence, such as LNA units or other nucleotide analogues, which raise the duplex stability/T m of the oligomer/target duplex (i.e. affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues).
  • T m Assay The oligonucleotide: Oligonucleotide and RNA target (PO) duplexes are diluted to 3 mM in 500 ml RNase-free water and mixed with 500 ml 2 ⁇ T m -buffer (200 mM NaCl, 0.2 mM EDTA, 20 mM Naphosphate, pH 7.0). The solution is heated to 95° C. for 3 min and then allowed to anneal in room temperature for 30 min. The duplex melting temperatures (T m ) is measured on a Lambda 40 UV/VIS Spectrophotometer equipped with a Peltier temperature programmer PTP6 using PE Templab software (Perkin Elmer). The temperature is ramped up from 20° C. to 95° C. and then down to 25° C., recording absorption at 260 nm. First derivative and the local maximums of both the melting and annealing are used to assess the duplex T m .
  • LNA refers to a bicyclic nucleoside analogue which comprises a C2*-C4* biradical (a bridge), and is known as “Locked Nucleic Acid”. It may refer to an LNA monomer, or, when used in the context of an “LNA oligonucleotide”, LNA refers to an oligonucleotide containing one or more such bicyclic nucleotide analogues.
  • bicyclic nucleoside analogues are LNA nucleotides, and these terms may therefore be used interchangeably, and is such embodiments, both are be characterized by the presence of a linker group (such as a bridge) between C2′ and C4′ of the ribose sugar ring.
  • At least one nucleoside analogue present in the first region (A) is a bicyclic nucleoside analogue, such as at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, (except the DNA and or RNA nucleosides of region B) are sugar modified nucleoside analogues, such as such as bicyclic nucleoside analogues, such as LNA, e.g. beta-D-X-LNA or alpha-L-X-LNA (wherein X is oxy, amino or thio), or other LNAs disclosed herein including, but not limited to, (R/S) cET, cMOE or 5′-Me-LNA.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CH 2 O—, —S—, —NH—, N(R e ) and/or —CH 2 —;
  • Z and Z* are independently selected among an internucleotide linkage, R H , a terminal group or a protecting group;
  • B constitutes a natural or non-natural nucleotide base moiety (nucleobase), and
  • R H is selected from hydrogen and C 1-4 -alkyl;
  • R a , R b R c , R d and R e are, optionally independently, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-12 -alkyl, optionally substituted C 2-12 -alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2-12 -alkynyl, hydroxy, C 1-12 -alkoxy, C 2-12 -alkoxyalkyl, C 2-12 -alkenyloxy, carboxy, C 1-12 -alkoxy
  • R a , R b R c , R d and R e are, optionally independently, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • R a , R b R c , R d and R e are, optionally independently, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • C 1-6 alkyl such as methyl.
  • asymmetric groups may be found in either R or S orientation, for example, two exemplary stereochemical isomers include the beta-D and alpha-L isoforms, which may be illustrated as follows:
  • thio-LNA comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is selected from S or —CH 2 —S—.
  • Thio-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • amino-LNA comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is selected from —N(H)—, N(R)—, CH 2 —N(H)—, and —CH 2 —N(R)— where R is selected from hydrogen and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • Amino-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • Oxy-LNA comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above represents —O—. Oxy-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • ENA comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is —CH 2 —O— (where the oxygen atom of —CH 2 —O— is attached to the 2′-position relative to the base B).
  • R e is hydrogen or methyl.
  • LNA is selected from beta-D-oxy-LNA, alpha-L-oxy-LNA, beta-D-amino-LNA and beta-D-thio-LNA, in particular beta-D-oxy-LNA.
  • bicyclic nucleosides refer to modified nucleosides comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • examples of bicyclic nucleosides include, without limitation, nucleosides comprising a bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ ribosyl ring atoms.
  • compounds provided herein include one or more bicyclic nucleosides wherein the bridge comprises a 4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleoside.
  • 4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleosides include, but are not limited to, one of the formulae: 4′-(CH 2 )—O-2′ (LNA); 4′-(CH 2 )—S-2′; 4′-(CH 2 ) 2 —O-2′ (ENA); 4′-CH(CH 3 )—O-2′ and 4′-CH(CH 2 OCH 3 )—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, U.S. Pat. No. 7,399,845, issued on Jul. 15, 2008); 4′-C(CH 3 )(CH 3 )—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO2009/006478, published Jan.
  • 4′-CH 2 —N(OCH 3 )-2′ and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO2008/150729, published Dec. 11, 2008); 4′-CH 2 —O—N(CH 3 )-2′ (see, published U.S. Patent Application US2004/0171570, published Sep. 2, 2004); 4′-CH 2 —N(R)—O-2′, wherein R is H, C 1 -C 10 alkyl, or a protecting group (see, U.S. Pat. No. 7,427,672, issued on Sep. 23, 2008); 4′-CH 2 —C(H)(CH 3 )-2′ (see, Chattopadhyaya, et al, J. Org.
  • bicyclic nucleosides can be prepared having one or more stereochemical sugar configurations including for example a-L-ribofuranose and beta-D-ribofuranose (see PCT international application PCT DK98/00393, published on Mar. 25, 1999 as WO 99/14226).
  • bicyclic sugar moieties of BNA nucleosides include, but are not limited to, compounds having at least one bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ position of the pentofuranosyl sugar moiety wherein such bridges independently comprises 1 or from 2 to 4 linked groups independently selected from -[CiR a XR b )]—, —C(R a ) ⁇ C(R b )—, —C(R a ) ⁇ N—, —C( ⁇ NR a )—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —C( ⁇ S)—, —O—, —Si(R a ) 2 —, —S( ⁇ O) x —, and —N(Ra)—; wherein: x is 0, 1, or 2; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; each R a and R b is, independently, H, a protecting group, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 12
  • the bridge of a bicyclic sugar moiety is, —[C(R a )(Rb)] n —, —[C(R a )(R b )] n —O—, —C(R a R b )—N(R)—O— or, —C(R a R b )—O—N(R)—.
  • the bridge is 4′-CH 2 -2′, 4′-(CH 2 ) 2 -2′, 4′-(CH 2 ) 3 -2′, 4′-CH 2 —O-2′, 4*-(CH 2 )2-O-2′, 4′- CH 2 —O—N(R)-2′, and 4′-CH 2 —N(R)—O-2′-, wherein each R is, independently, H, a protecting group, or C 1 -C 12 alkyl.
  • bicyclic nucleosides are further defined by isomeric configuration.
  • a nucleoside comprising a 4′-2′ methylene-oxy bridge may be in the a-L configuration or in the beta-D configuration.
  • a-L-methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA's have been incorporated into antisense oligonucleotides that showed antisense activity (Frieden et al, Nucleic Acids Research, 2003, 21, 6365-6372).
  • bicyclic nucleosides include, but are not limited to, (A) a-L-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA, (B) beta-D-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA, (C) Ethyleneoxy (4′-(CH 2 ) 2 —O-2′) BNA, (D) Aminooxy (4′-CH 2 —O—N(R)-2′) BNA, (E) Oxyamino (4′-CH 2 —N(R)—O-2′) BNA, (F), Methyl(methyleneoxy) (4′-CH(CH 3 )—O-2′) BNA, (G) methylene-thio (4′-CH 2 —S-2′) BNA, (H) methylene-amino (4′-CH 2 —N(R)-2′) BNA, (I) methyl carbocyclic (4′-CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )-2′) BNA
  • Bx is the base moiety and R is, independently, H, a protecting group or C 1 -C 2 alkyl.
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • -Q a -Q b -Q c - is —CH 2 —N(Rc)-CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—N(R c )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—N(Rc)-, —CH 2 —N(Rc)-O—, or —N(Rc)-O—CH 2 ;
  • R c is C 1 -C 12 alkyl or an amino protecting group
  • T a and T b are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium.
  • bicyclic nucleoside having Formula II having Formula II:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • T a and T b are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • Z a is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted amide, thiol, or substituted thio.
  • each of the substituted groups is, independently, mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, hydroxyl, OJ c , NJ d , SJ C , N 3 , OC( ⁇ X)J c , and NJ e C( ⁇ X)NJ c J d , wherein each J c , J d , and J e is, independently, H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl and X is O or NJ C .
  • bicyclic nucleoside having Formula III having Formula III:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • T a and T b are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • R d is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or substituted acyl (C( ⁇ O)—).
  • bicyclic nucleoside having Formula IV having Formula IV:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • T a and T b are each, independently H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • R d is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; each q b , q c and q d is, independently, H, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -Ce alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or substituted C 2 -C6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyl, substituted Q-C 6 alkoxyl, acyl, substituted acyl, C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl, or substituted C 1 -C 6 aminoalkyl;
  • bicyclic nucleoside having Formula V having Formula V:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • T a and T b are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • q a , q b , q c and q f are each, independently, hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl, C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, C 1 -C 12 alkoxy, substituted C 1 -C 12 alkoxy, OJ j , SJ j , SOJ j , SO 2 J j , NJ j J k , N 3 , CN, C( ⁇ O)OJ j , C( ⁇ O)NJ j J k , C( ⁇ O)
  • BNA methyleneoxy (4′-CH 2 —O-2′) BNA monomers adenine, cytosine, guanine, 5-methyl-cytosine, thymine, and uracil, along with their oligomerization, and nucleic acid recognition properties have been described (see, e.g., Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron, 1998, 54, 3607-3630). BNAs and preparation thereof are also described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
  • 2′-amino-BNA a novel comformationally restricted high-affinity oligonucleotide analog
  • synthesis of 2′-amino-BNA has been described in the art (see, e.g., Singh et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 10035-10039).
  • 2′-amino- and 2′-methylamino-BNA's have been prepared and the thermal stability of their duplexes with complementary RNA and DNA strands has been previously reported.
  • the bicyclic nucleoside has Formula VI:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • T a and T b are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium; each qj, qj, q k and ql is, independently, H, halogen, C 1 -C 12 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl, C 2 -C12 alkenyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, C 1 -C 12 alkoxyl, substituted C 2 -C 12 alkoxyl, OJ j , SJ j , SOJ j , SO 2 J j , NJ j J k , N 3 , CN, C( ⁇ O)OJ j , C( ⁇ O)NJ j J k , C( ⁇ O)J j ,
  • 4′-2′ bicyclic nucleoside or “4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleoside” refers to a bicyclic nucleoside comprising a furanose ring comprising a bridge connecting the 2′ carbon atom and the 4′ carbon atom.
  • nucleosides refer to nucleosides comprising modified sugar moieties that are not bicyclic sugar moieties.
  • sugar moiety, or sugar moiety analogue, of a nucleoside may be modified or substituted at any position.
  • 2′-modified sugar means a furanosyl sugar modified at the 2′ position.
  • modifications include substituents selected from: a halide, including, but not limited to substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted and unsubstituted thioalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted amino alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted allyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl.
  • 2′ modifications are selected from substituents including, but not limited to: O[(CH 2 ) n O] m CH 3 , O(CH 2 ),NH 2 , O(CH 2 ),CH 3 , O(CH 2 ),ONH 2 , OCH 2 C( ⁇ O)N(H)CH 3 , and O(CH2) n ON[(CH 2 ) n CH 3 ]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
  • 2′-substituent groups can also be selected from: C 1 -C 12 alkyl; substituted alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; alkaryl; aralkyl; O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl; SH; SCH 3 ; OCN; Cl; Br; CN; CF 3 ; OCF 3 ; SOCH 3 ; S0 2 CH 3 ; ONO 2 ; NO 2 ; N 3 ; NH 2 ; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino; substituted silyl; an R; a cleaving group; a reporter group; an intercalator; a group for improving pharmacokinetic properties; and a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an antisense compound, and other substituents having similar properties.
  • modified nucleosides comprise a 2′-MOE side chain ⁇ see, e.g., Baker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1997, 272, 11944-12000).
  • 2′-MOE substitution have been described as having improved binding affinity compared to unmodified nucleosides and to other modified nucleosides, such as 2′-O-methyl, O-propyl, and O-aminopropyl.
  • Oligonucleotides having the 2-MOE substituent also have been shown to be antisense inhibitors of gene expression with promising features for in vivo use ⁇ see, e.g., Martin, P., He/v. Chim.
  • a “modified tetrahydropyran nucleoside” or “modified THP nucleoside” means a nucleoside having a six-membered tetrahydropyran “sugar” substituted in for the pentofuranosyl residue in normal nucleosides (a sugar surrogate).
  • Modified ?THP nucleosides include, but are not limited to, what is referred to in the art as hexitol nucleic acid (HNA), anitol nucleic acid (ANA), manitol nucleic acid (MNA) ⁇ see Leumann, C J. Bioorg. and Med. Chem. (2002) 10:841-854), fluoro HNA (F-HNA), or those compounds having Formula X:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety
  • the modified THP nucleosides of Formula X are provided wherein q m , q n , q p , q r , q s , q t , and q u are each H. In some embodiments, at least one of q m , q n , q p , q r , q s , q t and q u is other than H. In some embodiments, at least one of q m , q n , q p , q r , q s , q t and q u is methyl.
  • THP nucleosides of Formula X are provided wherein one of R 1 and R 2 is F.
  • R 1 is fluoro and R 2 is H
  • R 1 is methoxy and R 2 is H
  • R 1 is methoxyethoxy and R 2 is H.
  • 2′-modified or “2′-substituted” refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising a substituent at the 2′ position other than H or OH.
  • 2′-modified nucleosides include, but are not limited to nucleosides with non-bridging 2′ substituents, such as allyl, amino, azido, thio, O-allyl, O—C 1 -C 10 alkyl, —OCF 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—CH 3 , 2′-O(CH 2 ) 2 SCH 3 , O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—N(R m )(R n ), or O—CH 2 —C( ⁇ O)—N(R m )(R n ), where each R m and R, is, independently, H or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 alkyl.
  • 2′-modified nucleosides may
  • 2′-F refers to a sugar comprising a fluoro group at the 2′ position.
  • 2′-OMe or “2′-OCH 3 ” or “2′-O-methyl” each refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising an —OCH 3 group at the 2′ position of the sugar ring.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a compound comprising a plurality of linked nucleosides.
  • an oligonucleotide comprises one or more ribonucleosides (RNA) and/or deoxyribonucleosides (DNA).
  • nucleosides for incorporation into antisense compounds ⁇ see, e.g., review article: Leumann, J. C, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry, 2002, 10, 841-854). Such ring systems can undergo various additional substitutions to enhance activity. Methods for the preparations of modified sugars are well known to those skilled in the art. In nucleotides having modified sugar moieties, the nucleobase moieties (natural, modified, or a combination thereof) are maintained for hybridization with an appropriate nucleic acid target.
  • antisense compounds comprise one or more nucleotides having modified sugar moieties.
  • the modified sugar moiety is 2′-MOE.
  • the 2′-MOE modified nucleotides are arranged in a gapmer motif.
  • the modified sugar moiety is a cEt.
  • the cEt modified nucleotides are arranged throughout the wings of a gapmer motif.
  • R 4 * and R 2 * together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH 2 OCH 3 )— (2′O-methoxyethyl bicyclic nucleic acid—Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem)—in either the R- or S-configuration.
  • R 4 * and R 2 * together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH 2 CH 3 )— (2′O-ethyl bicyclic nucleic acid—Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).—in either the R- or S-configuration.
  • R 4 * and R 2 * together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH 3 )—.—in either the R- or S-configuration. In some embodiments, R 4 * and R 2 * together designate the biradical —O—CH 2 —O—CH 2 ——(Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).
  • R 4 * and R 2 * together designate the biradical —O—NR—CH 3 ——(Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).
  • the LNA units have a structure selected from the following group:
  • affinity-enhancing nucleotide analogues in the oligomer such as BNA, (e.g.) LNA or 2′-substituted sugars, can allow the size of the specifically binding oligomer to be reduced, and may also reduce the upper limit to the size of the oligomer before non-specific or aberrant binding takes place.
  • BNA e.g.
  • LNA low-density nucleic acid
  • 2′-substituted sugars can allow the size of the specifically binding oligomer to be reduced, and may also reduce the upper limit to the size of the oligomer before non-specific or aberrant binding takes place.
  • the oligomer comprises at least 1 nucleoside analogue. In some embodiments the oligomer comprises at least 2 nucleotide analogues. In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises from 3-8 nucleotide analogues, e.g. 6 or 7 nucleotide analogues. In the by far most preferred embodiments, at least one of said nucleotide analogues is a BNA, such as locked nucleic acid (LNA); for example at least 3 or at least 4, or at least 5, or at least 6, or at least 7, or 8, of the nucleotide analogues may be BNA, such as LNA. In some embodiments all the nucleotides analogues may be BNA, such as LNA.
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • the oligomers of the invention which are defined by that sequence may comprise a corresponding nucleotide analogue in place of one or more of the nucleotides present in said sequence, such as BNA units or other nucleotide analogues, which raise the duplex stability/T m of the oligomer/target duplex (i.e. affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues).
  • a preferred nucleotide analogue is LNA, such as oxy-LNA (such as beta-D-oxy-LNA, and alpha-L-oxy-LNA), and/or amino-LNA (such as beta-D-amino-LNA and alpha-L-amino-LNA) and/or thio-LNA (such as beta-D-thio-LNA and alpha-L-thio-LNA) and/or ENA (such as beta-D-ENA and alpha-L-ENA).
  • LNA such as oxy-LNA (such as beta-D-oxy-LNA, and alpha-L-oxy-LNA), and/or amino-LNA (such as beta-D-amino-LNA and alpha-L-amino-LNA) and/or thio-LNA (such as beta-D-thio-LNA and alpha-L-thio-LNA) and/or ENA (such as beta-D-ENA and alpha-L-EN
  • the oligomer of the invention may comprise BNA or LNA units and other nucleotide analogues.
  • Further nucleotide analogues present within the oligomer of the invention are independently selected from, for example: 2′-O-alkyl-RNA units, 2′-amino-DNA units, 2′-fluoro-DNA units, BNA units, e.g. LNA units, arabino nucleic acid (ANA) units, 2′-fluoro-ANA units, HNA units, INA (intercalating nucleic acid—Christensen, 2002. Nucl. Acids. Res. 2002 30: 4918-4925, hereby incorporated by reference) units and 2′MOE units.
  • there is only one of the above types of nucleotide analogues present in the oligomer of the invention such as the first region, or contiguous nucleotide sequence thereof.
  • the oligomer according to the invention may therefore comprises at least one BNA, e.g. Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA) unit, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 BNA/LNA units, such as from 3-7 or 4 to 8 BNA/LNA units, or 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 BNA/LNA units.
  • BNA Locked Nucleic Acid
  • all the nucleotide analogues are BNA, such as LNA.
  • the oligomer may comprise both beta-D-oxy-LNA, and one or more of the following LNA units: thio-LNA, amino-LNA, oxy-LNA, and/or ENA in either the beta-D or alpha-L configurations or combinations thereof.
  • the oligomer (such as the first and optionally second regions) may comprise both BNA and LNA and DNA units.
  • the combined total of LNA and DNA units is 10-25, such as 10-24, preferably 10-20, such as 10-18, such as 12-16.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer, of first region thereof, such as the contiguous nucleotide sequence consists of at least one BNA, e.g. LNA and the remaining nucleotide units are DNA units.
  • the oligomer, or first region thereof comprises only BNA, e.g. LNA, nucleotide analogues and naturally occurring nucleotides (such as RNA or DNA, most preferably DNA nucleotides), optionally with modified internucleotide linkages such as phosphorothioate.
  • BNA e.g. LNA
  • nucleotide analogues such as RNA or DNA, most preferably DNA nucleotides
  • naturally occurring nucleotides such as RNA or DNA, most preferably DNA nucleotides
  • modified internucleotide linkages such as phosphorothioate.
  • an oligomeric compound may function via non RNase mediated degradation of target mRNA, such as by steric hindrance of translation, or other methods.
  • the oligomers of the invention are capable of recruiting an endoribonuclease (RNase), such as RNase H.
  • RNase endoribonuclease
  • oligomers such as region A, or contiguous nucleotide sequence, comprises of a region of at least 6, such as at least 7 consecutive nucleotide units, such as at least 8 or at least 9 consecutive nucleotide units (residues), including 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 consecutive nucleotides, which, when formed in a duplex with the complementary target RNA is capable of recruiting RNase (such as DNA units).
  • the contiguous sequence which is capable of recruiting RNAse may be region Y′ as referred to in the context of a gapmer as described herein.
  • the size of the contiguous sequence which is capable of recruiting RNAse, such as region Y′ may be higher, such as 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 nucleotide units.
  • EP 1 222 309 provides in vitro methods for determining RNaseH activity, which may be used to determine the ability to recruit RNaseH.
  • a oligomer is deemed capable of recruiting RNase H if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, it has an initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, of at least 1%, such as at least 5%, such as at least 10% or, more than 20% of the of the initial rate determined using DNA only oligonucleotide, having the same base sequence but containing only DNA monomers, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all monomers in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309.
  • an oligomer is deemed essentially incapable of recruiting RNaseH if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, and RNaseH, the RNaseH initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, is less than 1%, such as less than 5%, such as less than 10% or less than 20% of the initial rate determined using the equivalent DNA only oligonucleotide, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all nucleotides in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309.
  • an oligomer is deemed capable of recruiting RNaseH if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, and RNaseH, the RNaseH initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, is at least 20%, such as at least 40%, such as at least 60%, such as at least 80% of the initial rate determined using the equivalent DNA only oligonucleotide, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all nucleotides in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309.
  • the region of the oligomer which forms the consecutive nucleotide units which, when formed in a duplex with the complementary target RNA is capable of recruiting RNase consists of nucleotide units which form a DNA/RNA like duplex with the RNA target.
  • the oligomer of the invention such as the first region, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which comprises both nucleotides and nucleotide analogues, and may be e.g. in the form of a gapmer.
  • the oligomer of the invention comprises or is a gapmer.
  • a gapmer oligomer is an oligomer which comprises a contiguous stretch of nucleotides which is capable of recruiting an RNAse, such as RNAseH, such as a region of at least 6 or 7 DNA nucleotides, referred to herein in as region Y′ (Y′), wherein region Y′ is flanked both 5′ and 3′ by regions of affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues, such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues 5′ and 3′ to the contiguous stretch of nucleotides which is capable of recruiting RNAse—these regions are referred to as regions X′ (X′) and Z′ (Z′) respectively. Examples of gapmers are disclosed in WO2004/046160, WO2008/113832, and WO2007/146511.
  • the monomers which are capable of recruiting RNAse are selected from the group consisting of DNA monomers, alpha-L-LNA monomers, C4′ alkylated DNA monomers (see PCT/EP2009/050349 and Vester et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 18 (2008) 2296-2300, hereby incorporated by reference), and UNA (unlinked nucleic acid) nucleotides (see Fluiter et al., Mol. Biosyst., 2009, 10, 1039 hereby incorporated by reference). UNA is unlocked nucleic acid, typically where the C2-C3 C—C bond of the ribose has been removed, forming an unlocked “sugar” residue.
  • the gapmer comprises a (poly)nucleotide sequence of formula (5′ to 3′), X′-Y′-Z′, wherein; region X′ (X′) (5′ region) consists or comprises of at least one nucleotide analogue, such as at least one BNA (e.g. LNA) unit, such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g.
  • BNA e.g. LNA
  • region Y′ (Y′) consists or comprises of at least five consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse (when formed in a duplex with a complementary RNA molecule, such as the mRNA target), such as DNA nucleotides
  • region Z′ (Z′) (3′ region) consists or comprises of at least one nucleotide analogue, such as at least one BNA (e.g LNA unit), such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • region X′ consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, such as from 2-5 nucleotide analogues, such as 2-5 LNA units, such as 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as 3 or 4 LNA units; and/or region Z′ consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, such as from 2-5 nucleotide analogues, such as 2-5 BNA (e.g. LNA units), such as 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as 3 or 4 BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • BNA e.g. LNA
  • region Z′ consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, such as from 2-5 nucleotide analogues, such as
  • Y′ consists or comprises of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse, or from 6-10, or from 7-9, such as 8 consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse.
  • region Y′ consists or comprises at least one DNA nucleotide unit, such as 1-12 DNA units, preferably from 4-12 DNA units, more preferably from 6-10 DNA units, such as from 7-10 DNA units, most preferably 8, 9 or 10 DNA units.
  • region X′ consist of 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA)
  • region X′ consists of 7, 8, 9 or 10 DNA units
  • region Z′ consists of 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA).
  • BNA e.g. LNA
  • Such designs include (X′-Y′-Z′) 3-10-3, 3-10-4, 4-10-3, 3-9-3, 3-9-4, 4-9-3, 3-8-3, 3-8-4, 4-8-3, 3-7-3, 3-7-4, 4-7-3.
  • oligomers presented here may be such shortmer gapmers.
  • the oligomer e.g. region X′, is consisting of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 nucleotide units, wherein the contiguous nucleotide sequence comprises or is of formula (5′-3′), X′-Y′-Z′ wherein; X′ consists of 1, 2 or 3 nucleotide analogue units, such as BNA (e.g.
  • LNA LNA
  • Y′ consists of 7, 8 or 9 contiguous nucleotide units which are capable of recruiting RNAse when formed in a duplex with a complementary RNA molecule (such as a mRNA target); and Z′ consists of 1, 2 or 3 nucleotide analogue units, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • BNA e.g. LNA
  • X′ consists of 1 BNA (e.g. LNA) unit. In some embodiments X′ consists of 2 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments X′ consists of 3 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 1 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 2 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 3 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 7 nucleotide units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 8 nucleotide units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 9 nucleotide units.
  • region Y′ consists of 10 nucleoside monomers. In certain embodiments, region Y′ consists or comprises 1-10 DNA monomers. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of from 1-9 DNA units, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 DNA units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of DNA units. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of at least one BNA unit which is in the alpha-L configuration, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 LNA units in the alpha-L-configuration. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of at least one alpha-L-oxy BNA/LNA unit or wherein all the LNA units in the alpha-L-configuration are alpha-L-oxy LNA units.
  • the number of nucleotides present in X′-Y′-Z′ are selected from the group consisting of (nucleotide analogue units-region Y′-nucleotide analogue units): 1-8-1, 1-8-2, 2-8-1, 2-8-2, 3-8-3, 2-8-3, 3-8-2, 4-8-1, 4-8-2, 1-8- 4, 2-8-4, or; 1-9-1, 1-9-2, 2-9-1, 2-9-2, 2-9-3, 3-9-2, 1-9-3, 3-9-1, 4-9-1, 1-9-4, or; 1-10-1, 1-10-2, 2-10-1, 2-10-2, 1-10-3, 3-10-1.
  • the number of nucleotides in X′-Y′-Z′ are selected from the group consisting of: 2-7-1, 1-7-2, 2-7-2, 3-7-3, 2-7-3, 3-7-2, 3-7-4, and 4-7-3.
  • each of regions X′ and Y′ consists of three BNA (e.g. LNA) monomers, and region Y′ consists of 8 or 9 or 10 nucleoside monomers, preferably DNA monomers.
  • both X′ and Z′ consists of two BNA (e.g. LNA) units each, and Y′ consists of 8 or 9 nucleotide units, preferably DNA units.
  • gapsmer designs include those where regions X′ and/or Z′ consists of 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleoside analogues, such as monomers containing a 2′-O-methoxyethyl-ribose sugar (2′-MOE) or monomers containing a 2′-fluoro-deoxyribose sugar, and region Y′ consists of 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 nucleosides, such as DNA monomers, where regions X′-Y′-Z′ have 3-9-3, 3-10-3, 5-10-5 or 4-12-4 monomers.
  • regions X′ and/or Z′ consists of 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleoside analogues, such as monomers containing a 2′-O-methoxyethyl-ribose sugar (2′-MOE) or monomers containing a 2′-fluoro-deoxyribose sugar
  • region Y′ consists of 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 nucleosides, such as DNA monomers, where regions X
  • a BNA gapmer is a gapmer oligomer (region A) which comprises at least one BNA nucleotide.
  • a LNA gapmer is a gapmer oligomer (region A) which comprises at least one LNA nucleotide.
  • SEQ ID NO 2 and 3 are LNA gapmer oligomers.
  • the oligomers with a contiguous sequence of 10-16 nucleotides which are complementary to a corresponding length of SEQ ID NO 33 or 34 may also be gapmer oligomers such as BNA gapmers or LNA gapmers.
  • nucleoside monomers of the oligomers e.g. first and second regions
  • oligomers e.g. first and second regions
  • linkage groups e.g. first and second linkage groups.
  • each monomer is linked to the 3′ adjacent monomer via a linkage group.
  • the 5′ monomer at the end of an oligomer does not comprise a 5′ linkage group, although it may or may not comprise a 5′ terminal group.
  • linkage group or “internucleotide linkage” are intended to mean a group capable of covalently coupling together two nucleotides. Specific and preferred examples include phosphate groups and phosphorothioate groups.
  • nucleotides of the oligomer of the invention or contiguous nucleotides sequence thereof are coupled together via linkage groups.
  • each nucleotide is linked to the 3′ adjacent nucleotide via a linkage group.
  • Suitable internucleotide linkages include those listed within WO2007/031091, for example the internucleotide linkages listed on the first paragraph of page 34 of WO2007/031091 (hereby incorporated by reference).
  • the preferred to modify the internucleotide linkage from its normal phosphodiester to one that is more resistant to nuclease attack such as phosphorothioate or boranophosphate—these two, being cleavable by RNase H, also allow that route of antisense inhibition in reducing the expression of the target gene.
  • Suitable sulphur (S) containing internucleotide linkages as provided herein may be preferred, such as phosphorothioate or phosphodithioate. Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages are also preferred, particularly for the first region, such as in gapmers, mixmers, antimirs splice switching oligomers, and totalmers.
  • the internucleotide linkages in the oligomer may, for example be phosphorothioate or boranophosphate so as to allow RNase H cleavage of targeted RNA.
  • Phosphorothioate is preferred, for improved nuclease resistance and other reasons, such as ease of manufacture.
  • the nucleotides and/or nucleotide analogues are linked to each other by means of phosphorothioate groups.
  • at least 50%, such as at least 70%, such as at least 80%, such as at least 90% such as all the internucleoside linkages between nucleosides in the first region are other than phosphodiester (phosphate), such as are selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate phosphorodithioate, or boranophosphate.
  • at least 50%, such as at least 70%, such as at least 80%, such as at least 90% such as all the internucleoside linkages between nucleosides in the first region are phosphorothioate.
  • WO09124238 refers to oligomeric compounds having at least one bicyclic nucleoside attached to the 3′ or 5′ termini by a neutral internucleoside linkage.
  • the oligomers of the invention may therefore have at least one bicyclic nucleoside attached to the 3′ or 5′ termini by a neutral internucleoside linkage, such as one or more phosphotriester, methylphosphonate, MMI, amide-3, formacetal or thioformacetal.
  • the remaining linkages may be phosphorothioate.
  • conjugate moieties which have been used with oligonucleotides can include lipophilic molecules (aromatic and non-aromatic) including steroid molecules; proteins (e.g., antibodies, enzymes, serum proteins); peptides; vitamins (water-soluble or lipid-soluble); polymers (water-soluble or lipid-soluble); small molecules including drugs, toxins, reporter molecules, and receptor ligands; carbohydrate complexes; nucleic acid cleaving complexes; metal chelators (e.g., porphyrins, texaphyrins, crown ethers, etc.); intercalators including hybrid photonuclease/intercalators; crosslinking agents (e.g., photoactive, redox active), and combinations and derivatives thereof.
  • lipophilic molecules aromatic and non-aromatic
  • proteins e.g., antibodies, enzymes, serum proteins
  • peptides e.g., antibodies, enzymes, serum proteins
  • vitamins water-soluble or lipid-soluble
  • the oligomer of the invention is targeted to the liver—i.e. after systemic administration the compound accumulates in the liver cells (such as hepatocytes).
  • Targeting to the liver can be greatly enhanced by the addition of a conjugate moiety (C).
  • C conjugate moiety
  • B biocleavable linker
  • B nucleotide phosphate linker
  • the oligomeric compound is a BNA or LNA oligomer, such as a gapmer, or for example an LNA antisense oligomer, (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer, optionally a biocleavable linker, such as region B, and a carbohydrate conjugate (which may be referred to as region C).
  • the LNA antisense oligomer may be 7-30, such as 8-26 nucleosides in length and it comprises at least one LNA unit (nucleoside).
  • the carbohydrate moiety is not a linear carbohydrate polymer.
  • the oligomeric compound is a LNA oligomer, for example an LNA antisense oligomer, (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer, region B as defined herein, and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety (which may be referred to as region C).
  • the carbohydrate moiety may be multi-valent, such as, for example 2, 3, 4 or 4 identical or non-identical carbohydrate moieties may be covalently joined to the oligomer, optionally via a linker or linkers (such as region Y).
  • the carbohydrate moiety is not a linear carbohydrate polymer.
  • the carbohydrate moiety may however be multi-valent, such as, for example 2, 3, 4 or 4 identical or non-identical carbohydrate moieties may be covalently joined to the oligomer, optionally via a linker or linkers.
  • the invention provides a conjugate comprising the oligomer of the invention and a carbohydrate conjugate moiety.
  • the invention provides a conjugate comprising the oligomer of the invention and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety, which may form part of a further region (referred to as region C).
  • the invention also provides LNA antisense oligonucleotides which are conjugated to an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety.
  • the conjugate moiety (such as the third region or region C) comprises an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety, such as galactose, galactosamine, N-formyl-galactosamine, Nacetylgalactosamine, N-propionyl-galactosamine, N-n-butanoyl-galactosamine, and N-isobutanoylgalactos-amine.
  • the conjugate comprises a galactose cluster, such as N-acetylgalactosamine trimer.
  • the conjugate moiety comprises an GalNAc (N-acetylgalactosamine), such as a mono-valent, di-valent , tri-valent of tetra-valent GalNAc.
  • Trivalent GalNAc conjugates may be used to target the compound to the liver.
  • GalNAc conjugates have been used with methylphosphonate and PNA antisense oligonucleotides (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,994517 and Hangeland et al., Bioconjug Chem. 1995 November-December; 6(6):695-701) and siRNAs (e.g. WO2009/126933, WO2012/089352 & WO2012/083046).
  • WO2012/083046 discloses siRNAs with GalNAc conjugate moieties which comprise cleavable pharmacokinetic modulators, which are suitable for use in the present invention, the preferred pharmacokinetic modulators are C16 hydrophobic groups such as palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl.
  • the '046 cleavable pharmacokinetic modulators may also be cholesterol.
  • targeting moieties may be selected from the group consisting of: galactose, galactosamine, N-formyl-galactosamine, N-acetylgalactosamine, Npropionyl-galactosamine, N-n-butanoyl-galactosamine, N-iso-butanoylgalactos-amine, galactose cluster, and N-acetylgalactosamine trimer and may have a pharmacokinetic modulator selected from the group consisting of: hydrophobic group having 16 or more carbon atoms, hydrophobic group having 16-20 carbon atoms, palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl, and cholesterol.
  • a pharmacokinetic modulator selected from the group consisting of: hydrophobic group having 16 or
  • GalNac clusters disclosed in '046 include: (E)-hexadec-8-enoyl (C16), oleyl (C18), (9,E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl (C18), octanoyl (C8), dodececanoyl (C12), C-20 acyl, C24 acyl, dioctanoyl (2 ⁇ C8).
  • the targeting moiety-pharmacokinetic modulator targeting moiety may be linked to the polynucleotide via a physiologically labile bond or, e.g. a disulfide bond, or a PEG linker.
  • the invention also relates to the use of phosphodiester linkers between the oligomer and the conjugate group (these are referred to as region B herein, and suitably are positioned between the LNA oligomer and the carbohydrate conjugate group).
  • a preferred targeting ligand is a galactose cluster.
  • a galactose cluster comprises a molecule having e.g. comprising two to four terminal galactose derivatives.
  • the term galactose derivative includes both galactose and derivatives of galactose having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor equal to or greater than that of galactose.
  • a terminal galactose derivative is attached to a molecule through its C—I carbon.
  • the asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGPr) is unique to hepatocytes and binds branched galactose-terminal glycoproteins.
  • a preferred galactose cluster has three terminal galactosamines or galactosamine derivatives each having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor.
  • a more preferred galactose cluster has three terminal N-acetyl-galactosamines.
  • Other terms common in the art include tri-antennary galactose, tri-valent galactose and galactose trimer. It is known that tri-antennary galactose derivative clusters are bound to the ASGPr with greater affinity than bi-antennary or mono-antennary galactose derivative structures (Baenziger and Fiete, 1980, Cell, 22, 611-620; Connolly et al., 1982, 1. Biol. Chem., 257,939-945). Multivalency is required to achieve nM affinity.
  • RNAi polynucleotide having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor does not enable functional delivery of the RNAi polynucleotide to hepatocytes in vivo when co-administered with the delivery polymer.
  • a galactose cluster may comprise two or preferably three galactose derivatives each linked to a central branch point.
  • the galactose derivatives are attached to the central branch point through the C—I carbons of the saccharides.
  • the galactose derivative is preferably linked to the branch point via linkers or spacers.
  • a preferred spacer is a flexible hydrophilic spacer (U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,968; Biessen et al. J. Med. Chem. 1995 Vol. 39 p. 1538-1546).
  • a preferred flexible hydrophilic spacer is a PEG spacer.
  • a preferred PEG spacer is a PEG3 spacer.
  • the branch point can be any small molecule which permits attachment of the three galactose derivatives and further permits attachment of the branch point to the oligomer.
  • An exemplary branch point group is a di-lysine.
  • a di-lysine molecule contains three amine groups through which three galactose derivatives may be attached and a carboxyl reactive group through which the di-lysine may be attached to the oligomer. Attachment of the branch point to oligomer may occur through a linker or spacer.
  • a preferred spacer is a flexible hydrophilic spacer.
  • a preferred flexible hydrophilic spacer is a PEG spacer.
  • a preferred PEG spacer is a PEG3 spacer (three ethylene units).
  • the galactose cluster may be attached to the 3′ or 5′ end of the oligomer using methods known in the art.
  • a preferred galactose derivative is an N-acetyl-galactosamine (GalNAc).
  • Other saccharides having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor may be selected from the list comprising: galactosamine, N-n-butanoylgalactosamine, and N-iso-butanoylgalactosamine.
  • the affinities of numerous galactose derivatives for the asialoglycoprotein receptor have been studied (see for example: Jobst, S. T. and Drickamer, K. JB.C. 1996, 271,6686) or are readily determined using methods typical in the art.
  • hydrophobic or lipophilic (or further conjugate) moiety i.e. pharmacokinetic modulator
  • BNA or LNA oligomers such as LNA antisense oligonucleotides, optional.
  • Each carbohydrate moiety of a Galnac cluster may therefore be joined to the oligomer via a spacer, such as (poly)ethylene glycol linker (PEG), such as a di, tri, tetra, penta, hexa-ethylene glycol linker.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol linker
  • the PEG moiety forms a spacer between the galactose sugar moiety and a peptide (trilysine is shown) linker.
  • the GalNac cluster comprises a peptide linker, e.g. a Tyr-Asp(Asp) tripeptide or Asp(Asp) dipeptide, which is attached to the oligomer (or to region Y or region B) via a biradical linker, for example the GalNac cluster may comprise the following biradical linkers:
  • R 1 is a biradical preferably selected from —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 6 H 12 —, 1,4- cyclohexyl (—C 6 H 10 —), 1,4-phenyl (—C 6 H 4 —), —C 2 H 4 OC 2 H 4 —, —C 2 H 4 (OC 2 H 4 ) 2 — or —C 2 H 4 (OC 2 H 4 ) 3 —.
  • the carbohydrate conjugate e.g. GalNAc
  • carbohydrate-linker moiety e.g. carbohydrate-PEG moiety
  • a branch point group such as, an amino acid, or peptide, which suitably comprises two or more amino groups (such as 3, 4, or 5), such as lysine, di-lysine or tri-lysine or tetra-lysine.
  • a tri-lysine molecule contains four amine groups through which three carbohydrate conjugate groups, such as galactose & derivatives (e.g.
  • GalNAc GalNAc
  • a further conjugate such as a hydrophobic or lipophilic moiety/group may be attached and a carboxyl reactive group through which the tri-lysine may be attached to the oligomer.
  • the further conjugate such as lipophilic/hydrophobic moiety may be attached to the lysine residue that is attached to the oligomer.
  • the compound of the invention may further comprise one or more additional conjugate moieties, of which lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties are particularly interesting, such as when the conjugate group is a carbohydrate moiety.
  • Such lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties may act as pharmacokinetic modulators, and may be covalently linked to either the carbohydrate conjugate, a linker linking the carbohydrate conjugate to the oligomer or a linker linking multiple carbohydrate conjugates (multi-valent) conjugates, or to the oligomer, optionally via a linker, such as a bio cleavable linker.
  • the oligomer or conjugate moiety may therefore comprise a pharmacokinetic modulator, such as a lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties. Such moieties are disclosed within the context of siRNA conjugates in WO2012/082046.
  • the hydrophobic moiety may comprise a C8-C36 fatty acid, which may be saturated or un-saturated. In some embodiments, C10, C12, C14, C16, C18, C20, C22, C24, C26, C28, C30, C32 and C34 fatty acids may be used.
  • the hydrophobic group may have 16 or more carbon atoms.
  • hydrophobic groups may be selected from the group comprising: sterol, cholesterol, palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl.
  • hydrophobic groups having fewer than 16 carbon atoms are less effective in enhancing polynucleotide targeting, but they may be used in multiple copies (e.g. 2 ⁇ , such as 2 ⁇ C8 or C10, C12 or C14) to enhance efficacy.
  • Pharmacokinetic modulators useful as polynucleotide targeting moieties may be selected from the group consisting of: cholesterol, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, aralkenyl group, and aralkynyl group, each of which may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • Pharmacokinetic modulators are preferably hydrocarbons, containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms. However, substitutions or heteroatoms which maintain hydrophobicity, for example fluorine, may be permitted.
  • the conjugate is or may comprise a carbohydrate or comprises a carbohydrate group.
  • the carbohydrate is selected from the group consisting of galactose, lactose, n-acetylgalactosamine, mannose, and mannose-6-phosphate.
  • the conjugate group is or may comprise mannose or mannose-6-phosphate.
  • Carbohydrate conjugates may be used to enhance delivery or activity in a range of tissues, such as liver and/or muscle. See, for example, EP1495769, WO99/65925, Yang et al., Bioconjug Chem (2009) 20(2): 213-21. Zatsepin & Oretskaya Chem Biodivers. (2004) 1(10): 1401-17.
  • GalNac conjugates for use with LNA oligomers do not require a pharmacokinetic modulator, and as such, in some embodiments, the GalNac conjugate is not covalently linked to a lipophilic or hydrophobic moiety, such as those described here in, e.g. do not comprise a C8-C36 fatty acid or a sterol.
  • the invention therefore also provides for LNA oligomer GalNac conjugates which do not comprise a lipophilic or hydrophobic pharmacokinetic modulator or conjugate moiety/group.
  • the conjugate group is or may comprise a lipophilic moiety, such as a sterol (for example, cholesterol, cholesteryl, cholestanol, stigmasterol, cholanic acid and ergosterol).
  • a sterol for example, cholesterol, cholesteryl, cholestanol, stigmasterol, cholanic acid and ergosterol.
  • the conjugate is or comprises tocopherol.
  • the conjugate is or may comprise cholesterol.
  • the conjugate is, or may comprise a lipid, a phospholipid or a lipophilic alcohol, such as a cationic lipids, a neutral lipids, sphingolipids, and fatty acids such as stearic, oleic, elaidic, linoleic, linoleaidic, linolenic, and myristic acids.
  • the fatty acid comprises a C4-C30 saturated or unsaturated alkyl chain. The alkyl chain may be linear or branched.
  • Lipophilic conjugate moieties can be used, for example, to counter the hydrophilic nature of an oligomeric compound and enhance cellular penetration.
  • Lipophilic moieties include, for example, sterols stanols, and steroids and related compounds such as cholesterol (U.S. Pat. No. 4,958,013 and Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al, Nucl Acids Res., 1992, 20, 533), lanosterol, coprostanol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, calciferol, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, estrone, estradiol, estratriol, progesterone, stilbestrol, testosterone, androsterone, deoxycorticosterone, cortisone, 17-hydroxycorticosterone, their derivatives, and the like.
  • the conjugate may be selected from the group consisting of cholesterol, thiocholesterol, lanosterol, coprostanol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, calciferol, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, estrone, estradiol, estratriol, progesterone, stilbestrol, testosterone, androsterone, deoxycorticosterone, cortisone, and 17-hydroxycorticosterone.
  • Other lipophilic conjugate moieties include aliphatic groups, such as, for example, straight chain, branched, and cyclic alkyls, alkenyls, and alkynyls.
  • the aliphatic groups can have, for example, 5 to about 50, 6 to about 50, 8 to about 50, or 10 to about 50 carbon atoms.
  • Example aliphatic groups include undecyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, terpenes, bornyl, adamantyl, derivatives thereof and the like.
  • one or more carbon atoms in the aliphatic group can be replaced by a heteroatom such as O, S, or N (e.g., geranyloxyhexyl).
  • lipophilic conjugate moieties include aliphatic derivatives of glycerols such as alkylglycerols, bis(alkyl)glycerols, tris(alkyl)glycerols, monoglycerides, diglycerides, and triglycerides.
  • the lipophilic conjugate is di-hexyldecyl-rac-glycerol or 1,2-di-O-hexyldecyl-rac-glycerol (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651; Shea, et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777) or phosphonates thereof.
  • Saturated and unsaturated fatty functionalities can also serve as lipophilic conjugate moieties.
  • the fatty functionalities can contain from about 6 carbons to about 30 or about 8 to about 22 carbons.
  • Example fatty acids include, capric, caprylic, lauric, palmitic, myristic, stearic, oleic, linoleic, linolenic, arachidonic, eicosenoic acids and the like.
  • lipophilic conjugate groups can be polycyclic aromatic groups having from 6 to about 50, 10 to about 50, or 14 to about 40 carbon atoms.
  • Example polycyclic aromatic groups include pyrenes, purines, acridines, xanthenes, fluorenes, phenanthrenes, anthracenes, quinolines, isoquinolines, naphthalenes, derivatives thereof and the like.
  • lipophilic conjugate moieties include menthols, trityls (e.g., dimethoxytrityl (DMT)), phenoxazines, lipoic acid, phospholipids, ethers, thioethers (e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol), derivatives thereof and the like.
  • trityls e.g., dimethoxytrityl (DMT)
  • phenoxazines e.g., lipoic acid
  • phospholipids e.g., phospholipids
  • ethers e.g., thioethers (e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol), derivatives thereof and the like.
  • thioethers e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol
  • Oligomeric compounds containing conjugate moieties with affinity for low density lipoprotein (LDL) can help provide an effective targeted delivery system.
  • High expression levels of receptors for LDL on tumor cells makes LDL an attractive carrier for selective delivery of drugs to these cells (Rump, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 1998, 9, 341; Firestone, Bioconjugate Chem., 1994, 5, 105; Mishra, et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229).
  • Moieties having affinity for LDL include many lipophilic groups such as steroids (e.g., cholesterol), fatty acids, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
  • conjugate moieties having LDL affinity can be dioleyl esters of cholic acids such as chenodeoxycholic acid and lithocholic acid.
  • the lipophilic conjugates may be or may comprise biotin. In some embodiments, the lipophilic conjugate may be or may comprise a glyceride or glyceride ester.
  • Lipophilic conjugates such as sterols, stanols, and stains, such as cholesterol or as disclosed herein, may be used to enhance delivery of the oligonucleotide to, for example, the liver (typically hepatocytes).
  • a linkage or linker is a connection between two atoms that links one chemical group or segment of interest to another chemical group or segment of interest via one or more covalent bonds.
  • Conjugate moieties can be attached to the oligomeric compound directly or through a linking moiety (linker or tether)—a linker.
  • Linkers are bifunctional moieties that serve to covalently connect a third region, e.g. a conjugate moiety, to an oligomeric compound (such as to region B).
  • the linker comprises a chain structure or an oligomer of repeating units such as ethylene glyol or amino acid units.
  • the linker can have at least two functionalities, one for attaching to the oligomeric compound and the other for attaching to the conjugate moiety.
  • Example linker functionalities can be electrophilic for reacting with nucleophilic groups on the oligomer or conjugate moiety, or nucleophilic for reacting with electrophilic groups.
  • linker functionalities include amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, phosphoramidate, phosphorothioate, phosphate, phosphite, unsaturations (e.g., double or triple bonds), and the like.
  • linkers include 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-I-carboxylate (SMCC), 6-aminohexanoic acid (AHEX or AHA), 6-aminohexyloxy, 4-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminocyclohexylcarboxylic acid, succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-I-carboxy-(6-amido-caproate) (LCSMCC), succinimidyl m-maleimido-benzoylate (MBS), succinimidyl N-e-maleimido-caproylate (EMCS), succinimidyl 6-(beta-maleimido-propionamido)hexanoate (SMPH), succinimidyl N-(a-maleimido acetate) (AMAS), succini
  • linker groups are known in the art that can be useful in the attachment of conjugate moieties to oligomeric compounds.
  • a review of many of the useful linker groups can be found in, for example, Antisense Research and Applications, S. T. Crooke and B. Lebleu, Eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1993, p. 303-350.
  • a disulfide linkage has been used to link the 3′ terminus of an oligonucleotide to a peptide (Corey, et al., Science 1987, 238, 1401; Zuckermann, et al, J Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 1614; and Corey, et al., J Am. Chem. Soc.
  • N-Fmoc-O-DMT-3-amino-1,2-propanediol is commercially available from Clontech Laboratories (Palo Alto, Calif.) under the name 3′-Amine. It is also commercially available under the name 3′-Amino-Modifier reagent from Glen Research Corporation (Sterling, Va.).
  • This reagent was also utilized to link a peptide to an oligonucleotide as reported by Judy, et al., Tetrahedron Letters 1991, 32, 879.
  • a similar commercial reagent for linking to the 5′-terminus of an oligonucleotide is 5′-Amino-Modifier C6. These reagents are available from Glen Research Corporation (Sterling, Va.). These compounds or similar ones were utilized by Krieg, et al, Antisense Research and Development 1991, 1, 161 to link fluorescein to the 5′-terminus of an oligonucleotide.
  • Linkers and their use in preparation of conjugates of oligomeric compounds are provided throughout the art such as in WO 96/11205 and WO 98/52614 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,948,882; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,580,731; 5,486,603; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,667,025; 5,254,469; 5,245,022; 5,112,963; 5,391,723; 5,510475; 5,512,667; 5,574,142; 5,684,142; 5,770,716; 6,096,875; 6,335,432; and 6,335,437,Wo2012/083046 each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a physiologically labile bond is a labile bond that is cleavable under conditions normally encountered or analogous to those encountered within a mammalian body (also referred to as a cleavable linker).
  • Physiologically labile linkage groups are selected such that they undergo a chemical transformation (e.g., cleavage) when present in certain physiological conditions.
  • Mammalian intracellular conditions include chemical conditions such as pH, temperature, oxidative or reductive conditions or agents, and salt concentration found in or analogous to those encountered in mammalian cells. Mammalian intracellular conditions also include the presence of enzymatic activity normally present in a mammalian cell such as from proteolytic or hydrolytic enzymes.
  • the cleavable linker is susceptible to nuclease(s) which may for example, be expressed in the target cell—and as such, as detailed herein, the linker may be a short region (e.g. 1-10) phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as DNA nucleosides.
  • Chemical transformation may be initiated by the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable agent to the cell or may occur spontaneously when a molecule containing the labile bond reaches an appropriate intra- and/or extra-cellular environment.
  • a pH labile bond may be cleaved when the molecule enters an acidified endosome.
  • a pH labile bond may be considered to be an endosomal cleavable bond.
  • Enzyme cleavable bonds may be cleaved when exposed to enzymes such as those present in an endosome or lysosome or in the cytoplasm.
  • a disulfide bond may be cleaved when the molecule enters the more reducing environment of the cell cytoplasm.
  • a disulfide may be considered to be a cytoplasmic cleavable bond.
  • a pH-labile bond is a labile bond that is selectively broken under acidic conditions (pH ⁇ 7). Such bonds may also be termed endosomally labile bonds, since cell endosomes and lysosomes have a pH less than 7.
  • the oligomeric compound may optionally, comprise a second region (region B) which is positioned between the oligomer (referred to as region A) and the conjugate (referred to as region C).
  • Region B may be a linker such as a cleavable linker (also referred to as a physiologically labile linkage). (see Example 7)
  • the oligomer (also referred to as oligomeric compound) of the invention (or conjugate) comprises three regions:
  • region B may be a phosphate nucleotide linker.
  • linkers may be used when the conjugate is a lipophilic conjugate, such as a lipid, a fatty acid, sterol, such as cholesterol or tocopherol.
  • Phosphate nucleotide linkers may also be used for other conjugates, for example carbohydrate conjugates, such as GalNac.
  • the biocleavable linker (region B) is a peptide, such as a trilysine peptide linker which may be used in a polyGalNac conjugate, such a triGalNac conjugate.
  • Other linkers known in the art which may be used, include disulfide linkers.
  • region B comprises between 1-6 nucleotides, which is covalently linked to the 5′ or 3′ nucleotide of the first region, such as via a internucleoside linkage group such as a phosphodiester linkage, wherein either
  • region A and region B form a single contiguous nucleotide sequence of 12-22 nucleotides in length.
  • the internucleoside linkage between the first and second regions may be considered part of the second region.
  • a phosphorus containing linkage group between the second and third region.
  • the phosphorus linkage group may, for example, be a phosphate (phosphodiester), a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate or a boranophosphate group.
  • this phosphorus containing linkage group is positioned between the second region and a linker region which is attached to the third region.
  • the phosphate group is a phosphodiester.
  • the oligomeric compound comprises at least two phosphodiester groups, wherein at least one is as according to the above statement of invention, and the other is positioned between the second and third regions, optionally between a linker group and the second region.
  • the third region is an activation group, such as an activation group for use in conjugation.
  • the invention also provides activated oligomers comprising region A and B and a activation group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • the third region is a reactive group, such as a reactive group for use in conjugation.
  • the invention also provides oligomers comprising region A and B and a reactive group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • the reactive group may, in some embodiments comprise an amine of alcohol group, such as an amine group.
  • region A comprises at least one, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or 21 internucleoside linkages other than phosphodiester, such as internucleoside linkages which are (optionally independently] selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, and boranophosphate, and methylphosphonate, such as phosphorothioate.
  • region A comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage.
  • At least 50%, such as at least 75%, such as at least 90% of the internucleoside linkages, such as all the internucleoside linkages within region A are other than phosphodiester, for example are phosphorothioate linkages. In some embodiments, all the internucleoside linkages in region A are other than phosphodiester.
  • the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region.
  • region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • the invention provides a non-phosphodiester linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting
  • the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region.
  • region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • At least two consecutive nucleosides of the second region are DNA nucleosides (such as at least 3 or 4 or 5 consecutive DNA nucleotides).
  • oligonucleotide of the invention may be described according to the following formula:
  • A is region A
  • PO is a phosphodiester linkage
  • B is region B
  • Y is an optional linkage group
  • X is a conjugate, a targeting, a blocking group or a reactive or activation group.
  • region B comprises 3′-5′ or 5′-3′: i) a phosphodiester linkage to the 5′ nucleoside of region A, ii) a DNA or RNA nucleoside, such as a DNA nucleoside, and iii) a further phosphodiester linkage
  • the further phosphodiester linkage link the region B nucleoside with one or more further nucleoside, such as one or more DNA or RNA nucleosides, or may link to X (is a conjugate, a targeting or a blocking group or a reactive or activation group) optionally via a linkage group (Y).
  • region B comprises 3′-5′ or 5′-3′: i) a phosphodiester linkage to the 5′ nucleoside of region A, ii) between 2-10 DNA or RNA phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as a DNA nucleoside, and optionally iii) a further phosphodiester linkage:
  • [PO-B]n represents region B, wherein n is 1-10, such as 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, PO is an optional phosphodiester linkage group between region B and X (or Y if present).
  • the invention provides compounds according to (or comprising) one of the following formula:
  • Region B may for example comprise or consist of:
  • phosphate linked biocleavable linkers may employ nucleosides other than DNA and RNA.
  • Bio cleavable nucleotide linkers may, for example, be identified using the assays in Example 7.
  • the compound of the invention comprises a biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, Nuclease Susceptible Physiological Labile Linkages, or nuclease susceptible linker), for example the phosphate nucleotide linker (such as region B) or a peptide linker, which joins the oligomer (or contiguous nucleotide sequence or region A), to a conjugate moiety (or region C).
  • a biocleavable linker also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, Nuclease Susceptible Physiological Labile Linkages, or nuclease susceptible linker
  • the phosphate nucleotide linker such as region B
  • a peptide linker which joins the oligomer (or contiguous nucleotide sequence or region A), to a conjugate moiety (or region C).
  • the susceptibility to cleavage in the assays shown in Example 7 can be used to determine whether a linker is biocleavable or physiologically labile.
  • Biocleavable linkers according to the present invention refers to linkers which are susceptible to cleavage in a target tissue (i.e. physiologically labile), for example liver and/or kidney. It is preferred that the cleavage rate seen in the target tissue is greater than that found in blood serum. Suitable methods for determining the level (%) of cleavage in tissue (e.g. liver or kidney) and in serum are found in example 6.
  • the biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker), such as region B, in a compound of the invention, are at least about 20% cleaved, such as at least about 30% cleaved, such as at least about 40% cleaved, such as at least about 50% cleaved, such as at least about 60% cleaved, such as at least about 70% cleaved, such as at least about 75% cleaved, in the liver or kidney homogenate assay of Example 7.
  • the cleavage (%) in serum, as used in the assay in Example 7 is less than about 30%, is less than about 20%, such as less than about 10%, such as less than 5%, such as less than about 1%.
  • the biocleavable linker also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker
  • region B in a compound of the invention, are susceptible to S1 nuclease cleavage. Susceptibility to S1 cleavage may be evaluated using the S1 nuclease assay shown in Example 7.
  • the biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker), such as region B, in a compound of the invention, are at least about 30% cleaved, such as at least about 40% cleaved, such as at least about 50% cleaved, such as at least about 60% cleaved, such as at least about 70% cleaved, such as at least about 80% cleaved, such as at least about 90% cleaved, such as at least 95% cleaved after 120 min incubation with S1 nuclease according to the assay used in Example 7.
  • region B does not form a complementary sequence when the oligonucleotide region A and B is aligned to the complementary target sequence.
  • region B does form a complementary sequence when the oligonucleotide region A and B is aligned to the complementary target sequence.
  • region A and B together may form a single contiguous sequence which is complementary to the target sequence.
  • the sequence of bases in region B is selected to provide an optimal endonuclease cleavage site, based upon the predominant endonuclease cleavage enzymes present in the target tissue or cell or sub-cellular compartment.
  • endonuclease cleavage sequences for use in region B may be selected based upon a preferential cleavage activity in the desired target cell (e.g. liver/hepatocytes) as compared to a non-target cell (e.g. kidney).
  • the potency of the compound for target down-regulation may be optimized for the desired tissue/cell.
  • region B comprises a dinucleotide of sequence AA, AT, AC, AG, TA, TT, TC, TG, CA, CT, CC, CG, GA, GT, GC, or GG, wherein C may be 5-methylcysteine, and/or T may be replaced with U.
  • region B comprises a trinucleotide of sequence AAA, AAT, AAC, AAG, ATA, ATT, ATC, ATG, ACA, ACT, ACC, ACG, AGA, AGT, AGC, AGG, TAA, TAT, TAC, TAG, TTA, TTT, TTC, TAG, TCA, TCT, TCC, TCG, TGA, TGT, TGC, TGG, CAA, CAT, CAC, CAG, CTA, CTG, CTC, CTT, CCA, CCT, CCC, CCG, CGA, CGT, CGC, CGG, GAA, GAT, GAC, CAG, GTA, GTT, GTC, GTG, GCA, GCT, GCC, GCG, GGA, GGT, GGC, and GGG wherein C may be 5-methylcysteine and/or T may be replaced with U.
  • region B comprises a trinucleotide of sequence AAAX, AATX, AACX, AAGX, ATAX, ATTX, ATCX, ATGX, ACAX, ACTX, ACCX, ACGX, AGAX, AGTX, AGCX, AGGX, TAAX, TATX, TACX, TAGX, TTAX, TTTX, TTCX, TAGX, TCAX, TCTX, TCCX, TCGX, TGAX, TGTX, TGCX, TGGX, CAAX, GATX, CALX, CAGX, CTAX, CTGX, CTCX, CTTX, COAX, CCTX, CCCX, CCGX, CGAX, CGTX, CGCX, CGGX, GAAX, GATX, GACX, CAGX, GTAX, GTTX, GTCX, GTGX, GCAX, GCTX, GCCX, GCG
  • nucleobases A, T, U, G, C these may be substituted with nucleobase analogues which function as the equivalent natural nucleobase (e.g. base pair with the complementary nucleoside).
  • the invention further provides for the LNA oligomer intermediates which comprise an antisense LNA oligomer which comprises an (e.g. terminal, 5′ or 3′) amino alkyl, such as a C2-C36 amino alkyl group, including, for example C6 and C12 amino alkyl groups.
  • the amino alkyl group may be added to the LNA oligomer as part of standard oligonucleotide synthesis, for example using a (e.g. protected) amino alkyl phosphoramidite.
  • the linkage group between the amino alkyl and the LNA oligomer may for example be a phosphorothioate or a phosphodiester, or one of the other nucleoside linkage groups referred to herein, for example.
  • the amino alkyl group may be covalently linked to, for example, the 5′ or 3′ of the LNA oligomer, such as by the nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphorothioate or phosphodiester
  • the invention also provides a method of synthesis of the LNA oligomer comprising the sequential synthesis of the LNA oligomer, such as solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis, comprising the step of adding a amino alkyl group to the oligomer, such as e.g. during the first or last round of oligonucleotide synthesis.
  • the method of synthesis my further comprise the step of reacting the a conjugate to the amino alkyl-LNA oligomer (the conjugation step).
  • the a conjugate may comprise suitable linkers and/or branch point groups, and optionally further conjugate groups, such as hydrophobic or lipophilic groups, as described herein.
  • the conjugation step may be performed whilst the oligomer is bound to the solid support (e.g. after oligonucleotide synthesis, but prior to elution of the oligomer from the solid support), or subsequently (i.e. after elution).
  • the invention provides for the use of an amino alkyl linker in the synthesis of the oligomer of the invention.
  • the invention provides for a method of synthesizing (or manufacture) of an oligomeric compound, such as the oligomeric compound of the invention, said method comprising either:
  • steps f), g) or h) are performed either prior to or subsequent to cleavage of the oligomeric compound from the oligonucleotide synthesis support.
  • the method may be performed using standard phosphoramidite chemistry, and as such the region X and/or region X or region X and Y may be provided, prior to incorporation into the oligomer, as a phosphoramidite. Please see FIGS. 5-10 which illustrate non-limiting aspects of the method of the invention.
  • the invention provides for a method of synthesizing (or manufacture) of an oligomeric compound, such as the oligomeric compound of the invention, said method comprising a step of [sequential] oligonucleotide synthesis of a first region (A) and optionally a second region (B), wherein the synthesis step is followed by a step of adding a third region [phosphoramidite comprising] region X (also referred to as region C) or Y, such as a region comprising a group selected from the group consisting of a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group, a functional group, a reactive group [e.g. an amine or an alcohol] or an activation group (X), or an -Y-X group followed by the cleavage of the oligomeric compound from the [solid phase] support.
  • a third region [phosphoramidite comprising] region X also referred to as region C
  • Y such as a region comprising a group selected from the group consist
  • the region X or X-Y may be added after the cleavage from the solid support.
  • the method of synthesis may comprise the steps of synthesizing a first (A), and optionally second region (B), followed by the cleavage of the oligomer from the support, with a subsequent step of adding a third region, such as X or X-Y group to the oligomer.
  • the addition of the third region may be achieved, by example, by adding an amino phosphoramidite unit in the final step of oligomer synthesis (on the support), which can, after cleavage from the support, be used to join to the X or X-Y group, optionally via an activation group on the X or Y (when present) group.
  • region B may be a non-nucleotide cleavable linker for example a peptide linker, which may form part of region X (also referred to as region C) or be region Y (or part thereof).
  • region X such as C
  • X-Y such as the conjugate (e.g. a GalNAc conjugate) comprises an activation group, (an activated functional group) and in the method of synthesis the activated conjugate (or region x, or X-Y) is added to the first and second regions, such as an amino linked oligomer.
  • the amino group may be added to the oligomer by standard phosphoramidite chemistry, for example as the final step of oligomer synthesis (which typically will result in amino group at the 5′ end of the oligomer).
  • a protected amino-alkyl phosphoramidite is used, for example a TFA-aminoC6 phosphoramidite (6-(Trifluoroacetylamino)-hexyl-(2-cyanoethyl)-(N,N-diisopropyl)-phosphoramidite).
  • Region X or region C as referred to herein
  • the conjugate e.g. a GalNac conjugate
  • the conjugate e.g. a GalNac conjugate
  • N-hydroxysuccinimide may be used as activating group for region X (or region C, such as a conjugate, such as a GalNac conjugate moiety.
  • the invention provides an oligomer prepared by the method of the invention.
  • region X and/or region X or region X and Y may be covalently joined (linked) to region B via a phosphate nucleoside linkage, such as those described herein, including phosphodiester or phosphorothioate, or via an alternative group, such as a triazol group.
  • a phosphate nucleoside linkage such as those described herein, including phosphodiester or phosphorothioate
  • an alternative group such as a triazol group.
  • the internucleoside linkage between the first and second region is a phosphodiester linked to the first (or only) DNA or RNA nucleoside of the second region, or region B comprises at least one phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside.
  • the second region may, in some embodiments, comprise further DNA or RNA nucleosides which may be phosphodiester linked.
  • the second region is further covalently linked to a third region which may, for example, be a conjugate, a targeting group a reactive group, and/or a blocking group.
  • the present invention is based upon the provision of a labile region, the second region, linking the first region, e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide, and a conjugate or functional group, e.g. a targeting or blocking group.
  • the labile region comprises at least one phosphodiester linked nucleoside, such as a DNA or RNA nucleoside, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9 or 10 phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as DNA or RNA.
  • the oligomeric compound comprises a cleavable (labile) linker.
  • the cleavable linker is preferably present in region B (or in some embodiments, between region A and B).
  • the invention provides a non-phosphodiester linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide
  • the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting
  • the oligomer of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical formulations and compositions.
  • such compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant.
  • WO2007/031091 provides suitable and preferred pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier and adjuvants—which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Suitable dosages, formulations, administration routes, compositions, dosage forms, combinations with other therapeutic agents, pro-drug formulations are also provided in WO2007/031091—which are also hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the oligomers of the invention may be utilized as research reagents for, for example, diagnostics, therapeutics and prophylaxis.
  • such oligomers may be used to specifically inhibit the synthesis of APOB protein (typically by degrading or inhibiting the mRNA and thereby prevent protein formation) in cells and experimental animals thereby facilitating functional analysis of the target or an appraisal of its usefulness as a target for therapeutic intervention.
  • APOB protein typically by degrading or inhibiting the mRNA and thereby prevent protein formation
  • the oligomers may be used to detect and quantitate APOB expression in cell and tissues by northern blotting, in-situ hybridisation or similar techniques.
  • an animal or a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder, which can be treated by modulating the expression of APOB is treated by administering oligomeric compounds in accordance with this invention.
  • oligomeric compounds in accordance with this invention.
  • methods of treating a mammal, such as treating a human, suspected of having or being prone to a disease or condition, associated with expression of APOB by administering a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of the oligomers or compositions of the invention.
  • the oligomer, a conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is typically administered in an effective amount.
  • the invention also provides for the use of the compound or conjugate of the invention as described for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder as referred to herein, or for a method of the treatment of as a disorder as referred to herein.
  • the invention also provides for a method for treating a disorder as referred to herein said method comprising administering a compound according to the invention as herein described, and/or a conjugate according to the invention, and/or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.
  • oligomers and other compositions according to the invention can be used for the treatment of conditions associated with over expression or expression of mutated version of the ApoB.
  • the invention further provides use of a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition as referred to herein.
  • one aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating a mammal suffering from or susceptible to conditions associated with abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB, comprising administering to the mammal and therapeutically effective amount of an oligomer targeted to APOB that comprises one or more LNA units.
  • the oligomer, a conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is typically administered in an effective amount.
  • the disease or disorder may, in some embodiments be associated with a mutation in the APOB gene or a gene whose protein product is associated with or interacts with APOB. Therefore, in some embodiments, the target mRNA is a mutated form of the APOB sequence.
  • An interesting aspect of the invention is directed to the use of an oligomer (compound) as defined herein or a conjugate as defined herein for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition as referred to herein.
  • the methods of the invention are preferably employed for treatment or prophylaxis against diseases caused by abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB.
  • the invention is furthermore directed to a method for treating abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB, said method comprising administering a oligomer of the invention, or a conjugate of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a patient in need thereof.
  • the invention also relates to an oligomer, a composition or a conjugate as defined herein for use as a medicament.
  • the invention further relates to use of a compound, composition, or a conjugate as defined herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB or expression of mutant forms of APOB (such as allelic variants, such as those associated with one of the diseases referred to herein).
  • the invention relates to a method of treating a subject suffering from a disease or condition such as those referred to herein.
  • a patient who is in need of treatment is a patient suffering from or likely to suffer from the disease or disorder.
  • treatment refers to both treatment of an existing disease (e.g. a disease or disorder as herein referred to), or prevention of a disease, i.e. prophylaxis. It will therefore be recognised that treatment as referred to herein may, In some embodiments, be prophylactic.
  • the invention relates to compounds or compositions comprising compounds for treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders, or methods of treatment using such compounds or compositions for treating hypercholesterolemia and related disorders, wherein the term “related disorders” when referring to hypercholesterolemia refers to one or more of the conditions selected from the group consisting of: atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, familiar hypercholesterolemia e.g. gain of function mutations in APOB, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD.
  • FCHL familial hyperlipidemia
  • CAD coronary artery disease
  • CHD coronary heart disease
  • mouse experiments may be performed as follows:
  • mice 7-10 week old C57Bl6-N mice were used, animals were age and sex matched (females for study 1, 2 and 4, males in study 3). Compounds were injected i.v. into the tail vein. For intermediate serum sampling, 2-3 drops of blood were collected by puncture of the vena facialis, final bleeds were taken from the vena cava inferior. Serum was collected in gel-containing serum-separation tubes (Greiner) and kept frozen until analysis.
  • Gel-containing serum-separation tubes Gel-containing serum-separation tubes (Greiner) and kept frozen until analysis.
  • RNA isolation and mRNA analysis mRNA analysis from tissue was performed using the Qantigene mRNA quantification kit (“bDNA-assay”, Panomics/Affimetrix), following the manufacturers protocol. For tissue lysates, 50-80 mg of tissue was lysed by sonication in 1 ml lysis-buffer containing Proteinase K. Lysates were used directly for bDNA-assay without RNA extraction. Probesets for the target and GAPDH were obtained custom designed from Panomics. For analysis, luminescence units obtained for target genes were normalized to the housekeeper GAPDH.
  • Serum analysis for ALT, AST and cholesterol was performed on the “Cobas INTEGRA 400 plus” clinical chemistry platform (Roche Diagnostics), using 10 ⁇ l of serum.
  • BIOPHEN FVII enzyme activity kit (#221304, Hyphen BioMed) was used according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • a fluorescently-labeled PNA probe is hybridized to the oligo of interest in the tissue lysate.
  • the same lysates are used as for bDNA-assays, just with exactly weighted amounts of tissue.
  • the heteroduplex is quantified using AEX-HPLC and fluorescent detection.
  • Oligonucleotides were synthesized on uridine universal supports using the phosphoramidite approach on an Expedite 8900/MOSS synthesizer (Multiple Oligonucleotide Synthesis System) at 4 ⁇ mol scale. At the end of the synthesis, the oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support using aqueous ammonia for 1-2 hours at room temperature, and further deprotected for 16 hours at 65° C. The oligonucleotides were purified by reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC) and characterized by UPLC, and the molecular mass was further confirmed by ESI-MS. See below for more details.
  • RP-HPLC reverse phase HPLC
  • UPLC UPLC
  • the coupling of ⁇ -cyanoethyl-phosphoramidites (DNA-A(Bz), DNA-G(ibu), DNA-C(Bz), DNA-T, LNA-5-methyl-C(Bz), LNA-A(Bz), LNA-G(dmf), LNA-T or C6-S—S linker) is performed by using a solution of 0.1 M of the 5′-O-DMT-protected amidite in acetonitrile and DCI (4,5-dicyanoimidazole) in acetonitrile (0.25 M) as activator.
  • DCI 4,5-dicyanoimidazole
  • Thiolation for introduction of phosphorthioate linkages is carried out by using xanthane hydride (0.01 M in acetonitrile/pyridine 9:1). Phosphordiester linkages are introduced using 0.02 M iodine in THF/Pyridine/water 7:2:1. The rest of the reagents are the ones typically used for oligonucleotide synthesis.
  • a commercially available C6 aminolinker phorphoramidite was used in the last cycle of the solid phase synthesis and after deprotection and cleavage from the solid support the aminolinked deprotected oligonucleotide was isolated.
  • the conjugates was introduced via activation of the functional group using standard synthesis methods.
  • the crude compounds were purified by preparative RP-HPLC on a Phenomenex Jupiter C18 10 ⁇ 150 ⁇ 10 mm column. 0.1 M ammonium acetate pH 8 and acetonitrile was used as buffers at a flowrate of 5 mL/min. The collected fractions were lyophilized to give the purified compound typically as a white solid.
  • RNAlater Sampling of liver and kidney tissue. The animals were anaesthetised with 70% CO 2 -30% O 2 and sacrificed by cervical dislocation according to the table above. One half of the large liver lobe and one kidney were minced and submerged in RNAlater.
  • Total RNA Isolation and First strand synthesis Total RNA was extracted from maximum 30 mg of tissue homogenized by bead-milling in the presence of RLT-Lysis buffer using the Qiagen RNeasy kit (Qiagen cat. no. 74106) according to the manufacturer's instructions. First strand synthesis was performed using Reverse Transcriptase reagents from Ambion according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • RNA 0.5 ⁇ g total RNA was adjusted to (10.8 ⁇ l) with RNase free H 2 O and mixed with 2 ⁇ l random decamers (50 ⁇ M) and 4 ⁇ l dNTP mix (2.5 mM each dNTP) and heated to 70° C. for 3 min after which the samples were rapidly cooled on ice.
  • 2 ⁇ l 10 ⁇ Buffer RT, 1 ⁇ l MMLV Reverse Transcriptase (100 U/ ⁇ l) and 0.25 ⁇ l RNase inhibitor (10 U/ ⁇ l) were added to each sample, followed by incubation at 42° C. for 60 min, heat inactivation of the enzyme at 95° C. for 10 min and then the sample was cooled to 4° C.
  • cDNA samples were diluted 1:5 and subjected to RT-QPCR using Taqman Fast Universal PCR Master Mix 2 ⁇ (Applied Biosystems Cat #4364103) and Taqman gene expression assay (mApoB, Mn01545150_m1 and mGAPDH #4352339E) following the manufacturers protocol and processed in an Applied Biosystems RT-qPCR instrument (7500/7900 or ViiA7) in fast mode.
  • Seq ID #3 was conjugated to either monoGalNAc, Folic acid, FAM or Tocopherol using a non-cleavable linker or biocleavable linker (Dithio (SS) or 2 DNA nucleotides with Phosphodiester backbone (PO)). Additionally the monoGalNAc was compared to a GalNAc cluster (Conjugate 2a). C57BL6In mice were treated i.v. with saline control or with a single dose of 1 or 0.25 mg/kg of ASO conjugates. After 7 days the animals were sacrificed and RNA was isolated from liver and kidney samples and analysed for ApoB mRNA expression ( FIG. 15 ).
  • Tocopherol conjugated to the ApoB compound with a DNA/PO-linker increased ApoB knock down in the liver compared to the unconjugated ApoB compound (#3) while decreasing activity in kidney (compare FIGS. 15A and B). This points towards an ability of the Tocopherol to redirect the ApoB compound from kidney to liver.
  • the non-cleavable (#24) and SS-linker (#25) were inactive in both tissues.
  • Mono-GalNAc conjugates with a non-cleavable (#17) and with bio-cleavable DNA/PO linker (#19) show a tendency to preserve the activity of the unconjugated compound (#3) in kidney while improving activity in the Liver.
  • FIGS. 15A and B Introduction of a SS-linker decreased activity in both tissues (compare FIGS. 15A and B). Conjugation of different GalNAc conjugates e.g. mono GalNAcPO (#19) and a GalNAc cluster (#20) also allows fine tuning of the compound activity with focus on either liver or kidney ( FIG. 15C ). Folic acid and FAM conjugates with the cleavable DNA/PO-linker (SEQ ID Nos16 and 23) behave comparable to the unconjugated compound (3).
  • the introduction of a non-cleavable (14 and 21) or SS-linker (15 and 22) decreases compound activity in both tissues (compare FIGS. 15 a and 15 b ).
  • RNA isolation and mRNA analysis Total RNA was extracted from liver and kidney samples and ApoB mRNA levels were analysed using a branched DNA assay
  • the primary objective for this study is to investigate selected lipid markers over 7 weeks after a single slow bolus injection of anti-ApoB LNA conjugated compounds to cynomolgus monkeys and assess the potential toxicity of compounds in monkey.
  • the compounds used in this study are SEQ ID NOs 7, 20, 28 & 29, prepared in sterile saline (0.9%) at an initial concentration of 0.625 and 2.5 mg/ml).
  • mice of at least 24 months old are used, and given free access to tap water and 180 g of OWM(E) SQC SHORT expanded diet (Dietex France, SDS, Saint Gratien, France) will be distributed daily per animal.
  • the total quantity of food distributed in each cage will be calculated according to the number of animals in the cage on that day.
  • fruit or vegetables will be given daily to each animal.
  • the animals will be acclimated to the study conditions for a period of at least 14 days before the beginning of the treatment period. During this period, pre-treatment investigations will be performed.
  • the animals are dosed i.v. at a dose if, for example, 0.25 mg/kg or 1 mg/kg.
  • the dose volume will be 0.4 mL/kg. 2 animals are used per group.
  • the data will be analyzed and a second group of animals using a higher or lower dosing regimen may be initiated—preliminary dose setting is 0.5 mg/kg and 1 mg/kg, or lower than that based on the first data set.
  • the dose formulations will be administered once on Day 1. Animals will be observed for a period of 7 weeks following treatment, and will be released from the study on Day 51. Day 1 corresponds to the first day of the treatment period. Clinical observations and body weight and food intake (per group) will be recorded prior to and during the study.
  • Blood (approximately 1.0 mL) is taken into lithium heparin tubes (using the ADVIA 1650 blood biochemistry analyzer): Apo-B, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, inorganic phosphorus, glucose, HDL-C, LDL-C, urea, creatinine, total bilirubin (TBIL), total cholesterol, triglycerides, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), alanine aminotransferase (ALAT), aspartate aminotransferase (ASAT),creatine kinase, gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), lactate dehydrogenase, total protein, albumin, albumin/globulin ratio.
  • Apo-B sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, inorganic phosphorus, glucose, HDL-C, LDL-C, urea, creatinine, total bilirubin (TBIL), total cholesterol, triglycerides, alkaline phosphata
  • Blood samples for ApoB analysis will be collected from Group 1-16 animals only (i.e. animals treated with anti-PCSK9 compounds) on Days-8, -1, 4, 8, 15, 22, 29, 36, 43 and 50.
  • Venous blood (approximately 2 mL) will be collected from an appropriate vein in each animal into a Serum Separating Tube (SST) and allowed to clot for at least 60 ⁇ 30 minutes at room temperature.
  • Blood will be centrifuged at 1000 g for 10 minutes under refrigerated conditions (set to maintain +4° C.). The serum will be transferred into 3 individual tubes and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until analyzed at CitoxLAB France using an ELISA method (Circulex Human PCSK9 ELISA kit, CY-8079, validated for samples from cynomolgus monkey).
  • WO2010142805 provides the methods for the following analysis: qPCR, ApoB mRNA analysis.
  • Other analysis includes ApoB protein ELISA, serum Lp(a) analysis with ELISA (Mercodia No. 10-1106-01), tissue and plasma oligonucleotide analysis (drug content), Extraction of samples, standard- and QC-samples, Oligonucleotide content determination by ELISA.
  • Compounds of the invention can be evaluated for their toxicity profile in rodents, such as in mice or rats.
  • rodents such as in mice or rats.
  • the following protocol may be used: Wistar Han Crl:Wl(Han) are used at an age of approximately 8 weeks old. At this age, the males should weigh approximately 250 g. All animals have free access to SSNIFF R/M-H pelleted maintenance diet (SSNIFF Spezialdiuschen GmbH, Soest, Germany) and to tap water (filtered with a 0.22 ⁇ m filter) contained in bottles. The dose level of 10 and 40 mg/kg/dose is used (sub-cutaneous administration) and dosed on days 1 and 8. The animals are euthanized on Day 15. Urine and blood samples are collected on day 7 and 14. A clinical pathology assessment is made on day 14.
  • Body weight is determined prior to the study, on the first day of administration, and 1 week prior to necropsy. Food consumption per group will be assessed daily. Blood samples are taken via the tail vein after 6 hours of fasting. The following blood serum analysis is performed: erythrocyte count mean cell volume packed cell volume hemoglobin mean cell hemoglobin concentration mean cell hemoglobin thrombocyte count leucocyte count differential white cell count with cell morphology reticulocyte count, sodium potassium chloride calcium inorganic phosphorus glucose urea creatinine total bilirubin total cholesterol triglycerides alkaline phosphatase alanine aminotransferase aspartate aminotransferase total protein albumin albumin/globulin ratio.
  • Urinalysis are performed ⁇ -GST, ⁇ -2 Microglobulin, Calbindin, Clusterin, Cystatin C, KIM-1, Osteopontin, TIMP-1, VEGF, and NGAL. Seven analytes (Calbindin, Clusterin, GST- ⁇ , KIM-1, Osteopontin, TIMP-1, VEGF) will be quantified under Panel 1 (MILLIPLEX® MAP Rat Kidney Toxicity Magnetic Bead Panel 1, RKTX1MAG-37K).
  • ⁇ -2 Microglobulin, Cystatin C, Lipocalin-2/NGAL Three analytes ( ⁇ -2 Microglobulin, Cystatin C, Lipocalin-2/NGAL) will be quantified under Panel 2 (MILLIPLEX® MAP Rat Kidney Toxicity Magnetic Bead Panel 2, RKTX2MAG-37K).
  • the assay for the determination of these biomarkers' concentration in rat urines is based on the Luminex xMAP® technology.
  • Microspheres coated with anti- ⁇ -GST/ ⁇ -2 microglobulin/calbindin/clusterin/cystacin C/KIM-1/osteopontin/TIMP-1/VEGF/NGAL antibodies are color-coded with two different fluorescent dyes. The following parameters are determined (Urine using the ADVIA 1650): Urine protein, urine creatinine.
  • Quantitative parameters volume, pH (using 10-Multistix SG test strips/Clinitek 500 urine analyzer), specific gravity (using a refractometer).
  • Semi-quantitative parameters using 10-Multistix SG test strips/Clinitek 500 urine analyzer: proteins, glucose, ketones, bilirubin, nitrites, blood, urobilinogen, cytology of sediment (by microscopic examination).
  • Qualitative parameters Appearance, color. After sacrifice, the body weight and kidney, liver and spleen weight are determined and organ to body weight ratio calculated. Kidney and liver samples will be taken and either frozen or stored in formalin. Microscopic analysis is performed.
  • LNA nucleosides such as beta-D-oxy LNA
  • DNA nucleosides lower case letters are DNA nucleosides.
  • Subscript s represents a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages.
  • LNA cytosines are optionally 5-methyl cytosine.
  • FAM-labelled ASOs with different DNA/PO-linkers were subjected to in vitro cleavage either in S1 nuclease extract, Liver or kidney homogenates or Serum.
  • FAM-labeled ASOs 100 ⁇ M with different DNA/PO-linkers were subjected to in vitro cleavage by S1 nuclease in nuclease buffer (60 U pr. 100 ⁇ L) for 20 and 120 minutes (see table below). The enzymatic activity was stopped by adding EDTA to the buffer solution. The solutions were then subjected to AIE HPLC analyses on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 using an Dionex DNApac p-100 column and a gradient ranging from 10 mM-1 M sodium perchlorate at pH 7.5. The content of cleaved and non cleaved oligonucleotide were determined against a standard using both a fluoresense detector at 615 nm and a uv detector at 260 nm.
  • the PO linkers results in the conjugate (or group C) being cleaved off, and both the length and/or the sequence composition of the linker can be used to modulate susceptibility to nucleolytic cleavage of region B.
  • the Sequence of DNA/PO-linkers can modulate the cleavage rate as seen after 20 min in Nuclease S1 extract Sequence selection for region B (e.g. for the DNA/PO-linker) can therefore also be used to modulate the level of cleavage in serum and in cells of target tissues.
  • Liver, kidney and Serum were spiked with oligonucleotide SEQ ID NO 32 to concentrations of 200 ⁇ g/g tissue (see table below).
  • Liver and kidney samples collected from NMRI mice were homogenized in a homogenisation buffer (0.5% Igepal CA-630, 25 mM Tris pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 (adjusted with 1 N NaOH). The homogenates were incubated for 24 hours at 37° and thereafter the homogenates were extracted with phenol-chloroform. The content of cleaved and non-cleaved oligonucleotide in the extract from liver and kidney and from the serum were determined against a standard using the above HPLC method.
  • the PO linkers results in cleavage of the conjugate (or group C) from the oligonucleotide in liver or kidney homogenate, but not in serum. Note: cleavage in the above assays refers to the cleavage of the cleavable linker, the oligomer or region A should remain functionally intact.
  • the susceptibility to cleavage in the assays shown in Example 7 may be used to determine whether a linker is biocleavable or physiologically labile.
  • LNA nucleosides such as beta-D-oxy LNA
  • lower case letters are a DNA nucleoside.
  • Subscript s represents a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage (region A).
  • LNA cytosines are optionally 5-methyl cytosine.
  • the 2PO linker (region B) is 5′ to the sequence region A, and comprises of two DNA nucleosides linked by phosphodiester linkage, with the internucleoside linkage between the 3′ DNA nucleoside of region A and the 5′ LNA nucleoside of region A also being phosphodiester.
  • a linkage group (Y) may be used to link the conjugate group, when present, to region B, or A (SEQ ID NO 7, 20 and 30).
  • C57BL6/J mice were injected either iv or sc with a single dose saline or 0.25 mg/kg unconjugated LNA-antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO3) or equimolar amounts of LNA antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to GalNAc1, GalNAc2, or cholesterol (2PO) and sacrificed at days 1-7 according to the table below (experimental design).
  • GalNAc1 and GalNAc2 conjugated to an ApoB LNA antisense oligonucleotide showed knock down of ApoB mRNA better than the unconjugated ApoB LNA ( FIG. 16 ).
  • GalNAc 1 conjugate SEQ ID NO 30
  • iv dosing is better than sc dosing which is surprising since the opposite has been reported for another GalNAc clusters (Alnylam, 8th Annual Meeting of the Oligonucleotide Therapeutics Society).
  • the total cholesterol data show how the GalNAc cluster conjugates (SEQ ID NO 30 and 20) gives better effect than the unconjugated and the cholesterol conjugated compounds (SEQ ID NO 7) both at iv and sc administration ( FIG. 17 , a and b).
  • the tissue content of the oligonucleotides shows how the conjugates enhances the uptake in liver while giving less uptake in kidney compared to the parent compound. This holds for both iv and sc administration.
  • GalNAc 1 SEQ ID NO 30
  • GalNAc 2 SEQ ID NO 20
  • activity is good for both compounds the GalNAc 2 conjugate appears to induce a higher specific activity than GalNAc 1 conjugate indicating that GalNAc conjugates without the pharmacokinetic modulator may be particularly useful with LNA antisense oligonucleotides.
  • liver and kidney tissue Sampling of liver and kidney tissue. The animals were anaesthetised with 70% CO 2 -30% O 2 and sacrificed by cervical dislocation according to the above table. One half of the large liver lobe and one kidney were minced and submerged in RNAlater. The other half of liver and the other kidney was frozen and used for tissue analysis.
  • Total RNA Isolation and First strand synthesis Total RNA was extracted from maximum 30 mg of tissue homogenized by bead-milling in the presence of RLT-Lysis buffer using the Qiagen RNeasy kit (Qiagen cat. no. 74106) according to the manufacturer's instructions. First strand synthesis was performed using Reverse Transcriptase reagents from Ambion according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • RNA 0.5 ⁇ g total RNA was adjusted to (10.8 ⁇ l) with RNase free H 2 O and mixed with 2 ⁇ l random decamers (50 ⁇ M) and 4 ⁇ l dNTP mix (2.5 mM each dNTP) and heated to 70° C. for 3 min after which the samples were rapidly cooled on ice.
  • 2 ⁇ l 10 ⁇ Buffer RT, 1 ⁇ l MMLV Reverse Transcriptase (100 U/ ⁇ l) and 0.25 ⁇ l RNase inhibitor (10 U/ ⁇ l) were added to each sample, followed by incubation at 42° C. for 60 min, heat inactivation of the enzyme at 95° C. for 10 min and then the sample was cooled to 4° C.
  • cDNA samples were diluted 1:5 and subjected to RT-QPCR using Taqman Fast Universal PCR Master Mix 2 ⁇ (Applied Biosystems Cat #4364103) and Taqman gene expression assay (mApoB, Mn01545150_m1 and mGAPDH #4352339E) following the manufacturers protocol and processed in an Applied Biosystems RT-qPCR instrument (7500/7900 or ViiA7) in fast mode. Oligonucleotide content in liver and kidney was measured by sandwich ELISA method.
  • Serum cholesterol analysis Immediately before sacrifice retro-orbital sinus blood was collected using S-monovette Serum-Gel vials (Sarstedt, Nümbrecht, Germany) for serum preparation. Serum was analyzed for total cholesterol using ABX Pentra Cholesterol CP (Triolab, Brondby, Denmark) according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Abstract

The present invention relates to conjugates of LNA antisense oligonucleotides (oligomers) that target ApoB.

Description

    FIELD OF INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to conjugates of LNA antisense oligonucleotides (oligomers) that target ApoB.
  • RELATED CASES
  • This application claims priority from EP12192773.5, EP13153296.2, EP13157237.2 and EP13174092.0, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • BACKGROUND
  • See the background sections of WO2007/031081, WO2008/113830, WO2010142805, and WO2010076248 which are hereby incorporated by reference. SPC3833 and SPC4955 (which have SEQ ID NO 1 and 2) are two LNA compounds which have been previously identified as potent compounds which target human ApoB mRNA.
  • WO2007/146511 reports on short bicyclic (LNA) gapmer antisense oligonucleotides which apparently are more potent and less toxic than longer compounds. The exemplified compounds appear to be 14 nts in length.
  • According to van Poelgeest et al., (American Journal of Kidney Disease, 2013 October; 62(4):796-800), the administration of LNA antisense oligonucleotide SPC5001 in human clinical trials may result in acute kidney injury.
  • According to EP 1 984 381 B1, Seth et al., Nucleic Acids Symposium Series 2008 No. 52 553-554 and Swayze et al., Nucleic Acid Research 2007, vol 35, pp 687-700, LNA oligonucleotides cause significant hepatotoxicity in animals. According to WO2007/146511, the toxicity of LNA oligonucleotides may be avoided by using LNA gapmers as short as 12-14 nucleotides in length. EP 1 984 381 B1 recommends using 6′ substituted bicyclic nucleotides to decrease the hepatotoxicity potential of LNA oligonucleotides. According to Hagedorn et al., Nucleic Acid Therapeutics 2013, the hepatotoxic potential of antisense oligonucleotide may be predicted from their sequence and modification pattern.
  • Oligonucleotide conjugates have been extensively evaluated for use in siRNAs, where they are considered essential in order to obtain sufficient in vivo potency. For example, see WO2004/044141 refers to modified oligomeric compounds that modulate gene expression via an RNA interference pathway. The oligomeric compounds include one or more conjugate moieties that can modify or enhance the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of the attached oligomeric compound.
  • WO2012/083046 reports on a galactose cluster-pharmacokinetic modulator targeting moiety for siRNAs.
  • In contrast, single stranded antisense oligonucleotides are typically administered therapeutically without conjugation or formulation. The main target tissues for antisense oligonucleotides are the liver and the kidney, although a wide range of other tissues are also accessible by the antisense modality, including lymph node, spleen, bone marrow.
  • WO 2005/086775 refers to targeted delivery of therapeutic agents to specific organs using a therapeutic chemical moiety, a cleavable linker and a labeling domain. The cleavable linker may be, for example, a disulfide group, a peptide or a restriction enzyme cleavable oligonucleotide domain.
  • WO 2011/126937 refers to targeted intracellular delivery of oligonucleotides via conjugation with small molecule ligands.
  • WO2009/025669 refers to polymeric (polyethylene glycol) linkers containing pyridyl disulphide moieties. See also Zhao et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 2005 16 758-766.
  • Chaltin et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 2005 16 827-836 reports on cholesterol modified mono- di- and tetrameric oligonucleotides used to incorporate antisense oligonucleotides into cationic liposomes, to produce a dendrimeric delivery system. Cholesterol is conjugated to the oligonucleotides via a lysine linker.
  • Other non-cleavable cholesterol conjugates have been used to target siRNAs and antagomirs to the liver—see for example, Soutscheck et al., Nature 2004 vol. 432 173-178 and Krützfeldt et al., Nature 2005 vol 438, 685-689. For the partially phosphorothiolated siRNAs and antagomirs, the use of cholesterol as a liver targeting entity was found to be essential for in vivo activity.
  • There is therefore a need for ApoB targeting LNA antisense compounds have enhanced efficacy and a reduced toxicity risk.
  • SUMMARY OF INVENTION
  • The invention provides for an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate (the compound of the invention) comprising a first region of an oligomer (region A—such as an LNA oligomer, a gapmer oligomer or an LNA gapmer oligomer), targeting an ApoB nucleic acid, covalently joined to a further region (region C) comprising a conjugate moiety selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally the asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate, is joined to the LNA oligomer via biocleavable linker.
  • The invention provides for a conjugate comprising an LNA antisense oligomer (the compound of the invention) targeting to a ApoB nucleic acid (A) and at least one non-nucleotide or non-polynucleotide moiety (C) covalently attached to said oligomer (A), wherein the non-polynucleotide moiety is selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally the asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate, is covalently joined to the LNA antisense oligomer via a biocleavable linker (region B) In some embodiments, the invention provides for an oligomeric compound (the compound of the invention), which targets an ApoB nucleic acid target, which comprises three regions:
      • i) a first region (region A), which comprises 7-26 contiguous nucleotides which are complementary to a ApoB nucleic acid target;
      • ii) a second region (region B) which comprises between 1-10 nucleotides, which is covalently linked to the 5′ or 3′ nucleotide of the first region, such as via a internucleoside linkage group such as a phosphodiester linkage, wherein either
        • a. the internucleoside linkage between the first and second region is a phosphodiester linkage and the nucleoside of the second region [such as immediately] adjacent to the first region is either DNA or RNA; and/or
        • b. at least 1 nucleoside of the second region is a phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside;
      • iii) a third region (C) which comprises a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety, a reactive group, an activation group, or a blocking moiety, wherein the third region is covalent linked to the second region.
  • In some embodiments, region A and region B form a single contiguous nucleotide sequence of 8-35 nucleotides in length.
  • In some aspects the internucleoside linkage between the first and second regions may be considered part of the second region.
  • In some embodiments, there is a phosphorus containing linkage group between the second and third region. The phosphorus linkage group, may, for example, be a phosphate (phosphodiester), a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate or a boranophosphate group. In some embodiments, this phosphorus containing linkage group is positioned between the second region and a linker region which is attached to the third region. In some embodiments, the phosphate group is a phosphodiester.
  • Therefore, in some aspects the oligomeric compound comprises at least two phosphodiester groups, wherein at least one is as according to the above statement of invention, and the other is positioned between the second and third regions, optionally between a linker group and the second region.
  • In some embodiments, the third region is an activation group, such as an activation group for use in conjugation. In this respect, the invention also provides activated oligomers comprising region A and B and a activation group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • In some embodiments, the third region is a reactive group, such as a reactive group for use in conjugation. In this respect, the invention also provides oligomers comprising region A and B and a reactive group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation. The reactive group may, in some embodiments comprise an amine of alcohol group, such as an amine group.
  • In some embodiments region A comprises at least one, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, or 24 internucleoside linkages other than phosphodiester, such as internucleoside linkages which are (optionally independently] selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, and boranophosphate, and methylphosphonate, such as phosphorothioate. In some embodiments region A comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage. In some embodiments at least 50%, such as at least 75%, such as at least 90% of the internucleoside linkages, such as all the internucleoside linkages within region A are other than phosphodiester, for example are phosphorothioate linkages. In some embodiments, all the internucleoside linkages in region A are other than phosphodiester.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate. The antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region. In this respect, in some embodiments, region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • Alternatively stated, in some embodiments, the invention provides a non-phosphodieser linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • The invention provides for pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant.
  • The invention provides for the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for use as a medicament, such as for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
  • The invention provides for the use of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
  • The invention provides for a method of treating acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD), said method comprising administering an effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, to a patient suffering from, or likely to suffer from hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder.
  • The invention provides for an in vivo or in vitro method for the inhibition of ApoB in a cell which is expressing ApoB, said method comprising administering the compound of the invention to said cell so as to inhibit ApoB in said cell.
  • The invention provides for the compound of the invention for use in medicine, such as for use as a medicament.
  • The invention also provides for an LNA oligomer, comprising a contiguous region of 12-24 phosphorothioate linked nucleosides which are complementary to a corresponding region of a ApoB nucleic acid target, and further comprising between 1 and 6 DNA nucleosides which are contiguous with the LNA oligomer, wherein the internucleoside linkages between the DNA, and/or adjacent to the DNA nucleoside(s), is physiologically labile, such as is/are phosphodiester linkages. Such an LNA oligomer may be in the form of a conjugate, as described herein, or may, for example be an intermediate to be used in a subsequent conjugation step. When conjugated, the conjugate may, for example be or comprise a sterol, such as cholesterol or tocopherol, or may be or comprise a (non-nucleotide) carbohydrate, such as a GalNac conjugate, such as a GalNac cluster, e.g. triGalNac, or another conjugate as described herein.
  • The invention provides for an LNA antisense oligomer (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer comprising a contiguous region of 12-24 phosphorothioate linked nucleosides which are complementary to a corresponding region of a ApoB nucleic acid target, and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety, which may form part of a further region (referred to as region C). The LNA antisense oligomer may be 12-24, and may be in the form of a gapmer oligomer.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
  • FIG. 1: Non-limiting illustration of oligomers of the invention attached to an activation group (i.e. a protected reactive group—as the third region). The internucleoside linkage L may be, for example phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, such as phosphodiester. PO is a phosphodiester linkage. Compound a) has a region B with a single DNA or RNA, the linkage between the second and the first region is PO. Compound b) has two DNA/RNA (such as DNA) nucleosides linked by a phosphodiester linkage. Compound c) has three DNA/RNA (such as DNA) nucleosides linked by a phosphodiester linkages. In some embodiments, Region B may be further extended by further phosphodiester DNA/RNA (such as DNA nucleosides). The activation group is illustrated on the left side of each compound, and may, optionally be linked to the terminal nucleoside of region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or in some embodiments a triazole linkage. Compounds d), e), & f) further comprise a linker (Y) between region B and the activation group, and region Y may be linked to region B via, for example, a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or in some embodiments a triazole linkage.
  • FIG. 2: Equivalent compounds as shown in FIG. 1, however a reactive group is used in place of the activation group. The reactive group may, in some embodiments be the result of activation of the activation group (e.g. deprotection). The reactive group may, in non-limiting examples, be an amine or alcohol.
  • FIG. 3: Non-limiting Illustration of compounds of the invention. Same nomenclature as FIG. 1. X may in some embodiments be a conjugate, such as a lipophilic conjugate such as cholesterol, or another conjugate such as those described herein. In addition, or alternatively X may be a targeting group or a blocking group. In some aspects X may be an activation group (see FIG. 1), or a reactive group (see FIG. 2). X may be covalently attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or may be linked via via an alternative linkage, e.g. a triazol linkage (see L in compounds d), e), and f)).
  • FIG. 4. Non-limiting Illustration of compounds of the invention, where the compounds comprise the optional linker between the third region (X) and the second region (region B). Same nomenclature as FIG. 1. Suitable linkers are disclosed herein, and include, for example alkyl linkers, for example C6 linkers. In compounds A, B and C, the linker between X and region B is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or may be linked via an alternative linkage eg. a triazol linkage (Li). In these compounds Lii represents the internucleoside linkage between the first (A) and second regions (B).
  • FIGS. 5 a and b. 5 b shows a non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention. US represent a oligonucleotide synthesis support, which may be a solid support. X is the third region, such as a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group etc. In an optional pre-step, X is added to the oligonucleotide synthesis support. Otherwise the support with X already attached may be obtained (i). In a first step, region B is synthesized (ii), followed by region A (iii), and subsequently the cleavage of the oligomeric compound of the invention from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv). In an alternative method the pre-step involves the provision of a oligonucleotide synthesis support with a region X and a linker group (Y) attached (see FIG. 5 a). In some embodiments, either X or Y (if present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 6. A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention which comprise a linker (Y) between the third region (X) and the second region (B). US represents a oligonucleotide synthesis support, which may be a solid support. X is the third region, such as a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group etc. In an optional pre-step, Y is added to the oligonucleotide synthesis support. Otherwise the support with Y already attached may be obtained (i). In a first step, region B is synthesized (ii), followed by region A (iii), and subsequently the cleavage of the oligomeric compound of the invention from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv). In some embodiments (as shown), region X may be added to the linker (Y) after the cleavage step (v). In some embodiments, Y is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 7. A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention which utilize an activation group. In an optional pre-step, the activation group is attached the oligonucleotide synthesis support (i), or the oligonucleotide synthesis support with activation group is otherwise obtained. In step ii) region B is synthesized, followed by region A (iii). The oligomer is then cleaved from the oligonucleotide synthesis support (iv). The intermediate oligomer (comprising an activation group) may then be activated (vl) or (viii) and a third region (X) added (vi), optionally via a linker (Y) (ix). In some embodiments, X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 8. A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention, wherein a bifunctional oligonucleotide synthesis support is used (i). In such a method, either the oligonucleotide is synthesized in an initial series of steps (ii)-(iii), followed by the attachment of the third region (optionally via a linker group Y), the oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (v). Alternatively, as shown in steps (vi)-(ix), the third region (optionally with a linker group (Y) is attached to the oligonucleotide synthesis support (this may be an optional pre-step)—or a oligonucleotide synthesis support with the third region (optionally with Y) is otherwise provided, the oligonucleotide is then synthesized (vii-viii). The oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (ix). In some embodiments, X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage. The US may in some embodiment, prior to the method (such as the pre-step) comprise a step of adding a bidirectional (bifunctional) group which allows the independent synthesis of the oligonucleotide and the covalent attachment of group X, Y (or X and Y) to support (as shown)—this may for example be achieved using a triazol or of nucleoside group. The bidirectional (bifunctional) group, with the oligomer attached, may then be cleaved from the support.
  • FIG. 9. A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention: In an initial step, the first region (A) is synthesized (ii), followed by region B. In some embodiments the third region is then attached to region B (iii), optionally via a phosphate nucleoside linkage (or e.g. a triazol linkage). The oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (iv). When a linker (Y) is used, in some embodiments the steps (v)-(viii) may be followed: after synthesis of region B, the linker group (Y) is added, and then either attached to (Y) or in a subsequent step, region X is added (vi). The oligomeric compound of the invention may then be cleaved (vii). In some embodiments, X (or Y when present) is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 10. A non-limiting example of a method of synthesis of compounds of the invention: In this method an activation group is used: Steps (i)-(iii) are as per FIG. 9. However after the oligonucleotide synthesis (step iii), an activation group (or a reactive group) is added to region B, optionally via a phosphate nucleoside linkage. The oligonucleotide is then cleaved from the support (v). The activation group may be subsequently activated to produce a reactive group, and then the third region (X), such as the conjugate, blocking group or targeting group, is added to the reactive group (which may be the activated activation group or the reactive group), to produce the oligomer (vi). As shown in (vii)-(viii), after cleavage, a linker group (Y) is added (vii), and then either attached to (Y) or in a subsequent step, region X is added to produce the oligomer (viii). It should be recognized that in an alternative all of the steps (ii)-(viii) may be performed on the oligonucleotide synthesis support, and in such instances a final step of cleaving the oligomer from the support may be performed. In some embodiments, the reactive group or activation group is attached to region B via a phosphorus nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, boranophosphate or methylphosphonate, or an alternative linkage, such as a triazol linkage.
  • FIG. 11. Silencing of ApoB mRNA with Cholesterol-conjugates in vivo. Mice were injected with a single dose of 1 mg/kg unconjugated LNA-antisense oligonucleotide (#3833) or equimolar amounts of LNA antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to Cholesterol with different linkers (Tab. 3) and sacrificed at days 1, 3, 7 and 10 after dosing. RNA was isolated from liver and kidney and subjected to ApoB specific RT-qPCR A. Quantification of ApoB mRNA from liver samples normalized to GAPDH and shown as percentage of the average of equivalent saline controls B. Quantification of ApoB mRNA from kidney samples normalized to GAPDH and shown as percentage of the average of equivalent saline controls.
  • FIG. 12. Shows the cholesterol C6 conjugate which may be used as X-Y- in compounds of the invention, as well as specific compounds used in the examples, include specific compounds of the invention.
  • FIG. 13: Examples of tri-GalNac conjugates which may be used. Conjugates 1-4 illustrate 4 suitable GalNac conjugate moieties, and conjugates 1a-4a refer to the same conjugates with an additional linker moiety (Y) which is used to link the conjugate to the oligomer (region A or to a biocleavable linker, such as region B). The wavy line represents the covalent link to the oligomer.
  • FIG. 14: Examples of cholesterol and tocopherol conjugate moieties. The wavy line represents the covalent link to the oligomer.
  • FIG. 15: In vivo silencing of ApoB mRNA with different conjugates (See example 4). Mice were treated with 1 mg/kg of ASO with different conjugates either without biocleavable linker, with Dithio-linker (SS) or with DNA/PO-linker (PO). RNA was isolated from liver (A) and kidney samples (B) and analysed for ApoB mRNA knock down. Data is shown compared to Saline (=1).
  • FIG. 16: Example 8—ApoB mRNA expression
  • FIG. 17: Example 8—Total cholesterol in serum
  • FIG. 18: Example 8—Oligonucleotide content in liver and kidney
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF INVENTION
  • In some embodiments, the invention relates to oligomeric compounds which targets an ApoB nucleic acid, such as LNA antisense oligonucleotides, which are covalently linked to a conjugate group, a targeting group, a reactive group, an activation group, or a blocking group, via a short region comprising (e.g. 1-10) of phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside(s).
  • The Oligomer
  • The term “oligomer” in the context of the present invention, refers to a molecule formed by covalent linkage of two or more nucleotides (i.e. an oligonucleotide). Herein, a single nucleotide (unit) may also be referred to as a monomer or unit. In some embodiments, the terms “nucleoside”, “nucleotide”, “unit” and “monomer” are used interchangeably. It will be recognized that when referring to a sequence of nucleotides or monomers, what is referred to is the sequence of bases, such as A, T, G, C or U.
  • The oligomer of the invention may be an LNA oligomer, i.e. comprises at least one LNA nucleoside unit, or a gapmer, such as an LNA gapmer.
  • The oligomer of the invention may comprise between 10-22, such as 12-22 nucleotides in length. The oligomer of the invention may comprise a contiguous sequence of 10-20 nucleotides which are complementary, such as fully complementary, to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target (such as NM000384 or genbank accession No: NG011793, NM000384.2 GI:105990531 and NG011793.1 GI:226442987 are hereby incorporated by reference). The contiguous sequence of 10-20 nucleotides may linked, for example, by phosphorothioate linkages.
  • For example, the oligomer of the invention may comprise the sequence of nucleobases shown in SEQ ID NO 1 or SEQ ID No 2.
  • The compound (e.g. oligomer or conjugate) of the invention targets ApoB, and as such is capable of inhibiting ApoB, such as human ApoB, in a cell expressing said ApoB.
  • In some embodiments, the internucleoside linkages of the contiguous sequence may be phosphorothioate linkages, and may comprise affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues.
  • In some embodiments, the nucleotide analogues are sugar modified nucleotides, such as sugar modified nucleotides independently or dependently selected from the group consisting of: Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA or BNA) units; 2′-O-alkyl-RNA units, 2′-OMe-RNA units, 2′-amino-DNA units, and 2′-fluoro-DNA units.
  • In some embodiments, the nucleotide analogues comprise or are Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA, also known as BNA) units.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer of the invention comprises or is a gapmer, such as a LNA gapmer oligonucleotide.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer of the invention comprises a contiguous sequence of 13, 14, 15 or 16 nucleotides which are complementary to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target, and may optionally comprise a further 1-10, for example 1-6 nucleotides, which may form or comprise a biocleavable nucleotide region, such as a phosphate nucleotide linker. Suitably, the biocleavable nucleotide region is formed of a short stretch (eg. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6) of nucleotides which are physiologically labile. This may be achieved by using phosphodiester linkages with DNA/RNA nucleosides, or if physiological liability can be maintained, other nucleosides may be used.
  • The oligomer of the invention may therefore comprise of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of 10-20 nts in length which is complementary to a corresponding length of the ApoB nucleic acid target (A first region, or region A). The oligomer of the invention may comprise a further nucleotide region. In some embodiments, the further nucleotide region comprises a biocleavable nucleotide region, such as a phosphate nucleotide sequence (a second region, region B), which may covalently link region A to a non-nucleotide moiety, such as a conjugate group, (a third region, or region C). In some embodiments the contiguous nucleotide sequence of the oligomer of the invention (region A) is directly covalently linked to region C. In some embodiments region C is biocleavable.
  • The may oligomer consists or comprises of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of from 10-22, such as 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, nucleotides in length, such as 13-16, or 13 or 14, or 15 or 16 nucleotides in length. The oligomer may therefore refer to the combined length of region A and region B, e.g. (Region A 10-16 nt) and region B (1-6 nt).
  • In various embodiments, the compound of the invention does not comprise RNA (units). In some embodiments, the compound according to the invention, the first region, or the first and second regions together (e.g. as a single contiguous sequence), is a linear molecule or is synthesized as a linear molecule. The oligomer may therefore be single stranded molecule. In some embodiments, the oligomer does not comprise short regions of, for example, at least 3, 4 or 5 contiguous nucleotides, which are complementary to equivalent regions within the same oligomer (i.e. duplexes). The oligomer, in some embodiments, may be not (essentially) double stranded. In some embodiments, the oligomer is essentially not double stranded, such as is not a siRNA.
  • The Target
  • Suitably the oligomer of the invention is capable of down-regulating expression of the APO-B gene, such as ApoB-100 or ApoB-48 (APOB). In this regards, the oligomer of the invention can affect the inhibition of APOB, typically in a mammalian such as a human cell, such as liver cells. In some embodiments, the oligomers of the invention bind to the target nucleic acid and effect inhibition of expression of at least 10% or 20% compared to the normal expression level, more preferably at least a 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% inhibition compared to the normal expression level. In some embodiments, such modulation is seen when using between 0.04 and 25 nM, such as between 0.8 and 20 nM concentration of the compound of the invention. In the same or a different embodiment, the inhibition of expression is less than 100%, such as less than 98% inhibition, less than 95% inhibition, less than 90% inhibition, less than 80% inhibition, such as less than 70% inhibition. Modulation of expression level may be determined by measuring protein levels, e.g. by the methods such as SDS-PAGE followed by western blotting using suitable antibodies raised against the target protein. Alternatively, modulation of expression levels can be determined by measuring levels of mRNA, e.g. by northern blotting or quantitative RT-PCR. When measuring via mRNA levels, the level of down-regulation when using an appropriate dosage, such as between 0.04 and 25 nM, such as between 0.8 and 20 nM concentration, is, In some embodiments, typically to a level of between 10-20% the normal levels in the absence of the compound of the invention.
  • The invention therefore provides a method of down-regulating or inhibiting the expression of APO-B protein and/or mRNA in a cell which is expressing APO-B protein and/or mRNA, said method comprising administering the compound of the invention to the invention to said cell to down-regulating or inhibiting the expression of APO-B protein and/or mRNA in said cell. Suitably the cell is a mammalian cell such as a human cell. The administration may occur, in some embodiments, in vitro. The administration may occur, in some embodiments, in vivo.
  • The term “target nucleic acid”, as used herein refers to the DNA or RNA encoding mammalian APO-B polypeptide, such as human APO-B100, such as human APO-B100 mRNA. APO-B100 encoding nucleic acids or naturally occurring variants thereof, and RNA nucleic acids derived therefrom, preferably mRNA, such as pre-mRNA, although preferably mature mRNA. In some embodiments, for example when used in research or diagnostics the “target nucleic acid” may be a cDNA or a synthetic oligonucleotide derived from the above DNA or RNA nucleic acid targets. The oligomer according to the invention is preferably capable of hybridising to the target nucleic acid. It will be recognised that human APO-B mRNA is a cDNA sequence, and as such, corresponds to the mature mRNA target sequence, although uracil is replaced with thymidine in the cDNA sequences.
  • The term “naturally occurring variant thereof” refers to variants of the APO-B1 polypeptide of nucleic acid sequence which exist naturally within the defined taxonomic group, such as mammalian, such as mouse, monkey, and preferably human. Typically, when referring to “naturally occurring variants” of a polynucleotide the term also may encompass any allelic variant of the APO-B encoding genomic DNA by chromosomal translocation or duplication, and the RNA, such as mRNA derived therefrom. “Naturally occurring variants” may also include variants derived from alternative splicing of the APO-B100 mRNA. When referenced to a specific polypeptide sequence, e.g., the term also includes naturally occurring forms of the protein which may therefore be processed, e.g. by co- or post-translational modifications, such as signal peptide cleavage, proteolytic cleavage, glycosylation, etc.
  • The oligomers (region A) may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence which corresponds to the reverse complement of a nucleotide sequence present in e.g. the human APO-B mRNA.
  • The oligomer (region A) may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is fully complementary (perfectly complementary) to the equivalent region of a nucleic acid which encodes a mammalian APO-B (e.g., human APO-B100 mRNA). Thus, the oligomer (region A) can comprise or consist of an antisense nucleotide sequence.
  • However, in some embodiments, the oligomer may tolerate 1 or 2 mismatches, when hybridising to the target sequence and still sufficiently bind to the target to show the desired effect, i.e. down-regulation of the target. Mismatches may, for example, be compensated by increased length of the oligomer nucleotide sequence and/or an increased number of nucleotide analogues, such as LNA, present within the nucleotide sequence.
  • It is recognised that, in some embodiments the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer may comprise additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides, such as, independently, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 additional nucleotides 5′ and/or 3′, which are non-complementary to the target sequence—such non-complementary oligonucleotides may form region B. In this respect the oligomer of the invention, may, in some embodiments, comprise a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is flanked 5′ and or 3′ by additional nucleotides. In some embodiments the additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides are naturally occurring nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA. In some embodiments, the additional 5′ or 3′ nucleotides may represent region D as referred to in the context of gapmer oligomers herein. In some embodiments the internucleoside linkages between the additional nucleotides, and optionally between the additional nucleotides and the oligomer are phosphodiester linkages.
  • In some embodiments the oligomer according to the invention consists or comprises of a nucleotide sequence according to SEQ ID NO:1, or a sub-sequence of at least 10 or 12 nucleobases thereof.
  • In some embodiments the oligomer according to the invention consists or comprises of a nucleotide sequence according to SEQ ID NO:2, or a sub-sequence of at least 10 or 12 nucleobases thereof.
  • The following Table provides specific combinations of oligomer and conjugates:
  • TABLE 1
    Oligomer/conjugate combinations.
    Conjugate Number (See figures)
    SEQ ID Conj1 Conj2 Conj3 Conj4 Conj1a Conj2a Conj3a Conj4a Conj5 Conj6
    1 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10
    2 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20
    Please note that a biocleavable linker (B) may or may not be present between the conjugate moiety(C) and the oligomer(A). For Conj1-4 and 1a-4a the GalNac conjugate itself is biocleavable, utilizing a peptide linker in the GalNac cluster, and as such a further biocleavable linker (B) may or may not be used. However, preliminary data indicates inclusion of a biocleavable linker (B), such as the phosphate nucleotide linkers disclosed herein may enhance activity of such GalNac cluster oligomer conjugates. For use with Conj 5 and Conj 6, the use of a biocleavable linker greatly enhances compound activity inclusion of a biocleavable linker (B), such as the phosphate nucleotide linkers disclosed herein is recommended. The conjugate moiety (and region B or region Y or B and Y, may be positioned, e.g. 5′ or 3′ to the SEQ ID, such as 5′ to region A.
  • The terms “corresponding to” and “corresponds to” refer to the comparison between the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer (i.e. the nucleobase or base sequence) or contiguous nucleotide sequence (a first region/region A) and the reverse complement of the nucleic acid target, or sub-region thereof.
  • Nucleotide analogues are compared directly to their equivalent or corresponding nucleotides. In a preferred embodiment, the oligomers (or first region thereof) are complementary to the target region or sub-region, such as fully complementary.
  • The terms “reverse complement”, “reverse complementary” and “reverse complementarity” as used herein are interchangeable with the terms “complement”, “complementary” and “complementarity”.
  • The terms “corresponding nucleotide analogue” and “corresponding nucleotide” are intended to indicate that the nucleotide in the nucleotide analogue and the naturally occurring nucleotide are identical. For example, when the 2-deoxyribose unit of the nucleotide is linked to an adenine, the “corresponding nucleotide analogue” contains a pentose unit (different from 2-deoxyribose) linked to an adenine.
  • The term “nucleobase” refers to the base moiety of a nucleotide and covers both naturally occurring a well as non-naturally occurring variants. Thus, “nucleobase” covers not only the known purine and pyrimidine heterocycles but also heterocyclic analogues and tautomeres thereof. It will be recognised that the DNA or RNA nucleosides of region B may have a naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring nucleobase(s).
  • Examples of nucleobases include, but are not limited to adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, uracil, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 5-methylcytosine, isocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-bromouracil, 5-propynyluracil, 6-aminopurine, 2-aminopurine, inosine, diaminopurine, and 2-chloro-6-aminopurine. In some embodiments the nucleobases may be independently selected from the group consisting of adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, uracil, 5-methylcytosine. In some embodiments the nucleobases may be independently selected from the group consisting of adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymidine, and 5-methylcytosine.
  • In some embodiments, at least one of the nucleobases present in the oligomer is a modified nucleobase selected from the group consisting of 5-methylcytosine, isocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-bromouracil, 5-propynyluracil, 6-aminopurine, 2-aminopurine, inosine, diaminopurine, and 2-chloro-6-aminopurine.
  • Length
  • The oligomers may comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of between 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, or 22 contiguous nucleotides in length. Lengths may include region A or region A and B for example.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomers comprise or consist of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of between 10-22, such as 12-18, such as 13-17 or 12-16, such as 13, 14, 15, 16 contiguous nucleotides in length.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer according to the invention consists of no more than 22 nucleotides, such as no more than 20 nucleotides, such as no more than 18 nucleotides, such as 15, 16 or 17 nucleotides. In some embodiments the oligomer of the invention comprises less than 20 nucleotides.
  • Nucleotide Analogues
  • The term “nucleotide” as used herein, refers to a glycoside comprising a sugar moiety, a base moiety and a covalently linked group, such as a phosphate or phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage group, and covers both naturally occurring nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA, and non-naturally occurring nucleotides comprising modified sugar and/or base moieties, which are also referred to as “nucleotide analogues” herein. Herein, a single nucleotide (unit) may also be referred to as a monomer or nucleic acid unit.
  • In field of biochemistry, the term “nucleoside” is commonly used to refer to a glycoside comprising a sugar moiety and a base moiety, and may therefore be used when referring to the nucleotide units, which are covalently linked by the internucleotide linkages between the nucleotides of the oligomer.
  • As one of ordinary skill in the art would recognise, the 5′ nucleotide of an oligonucleotide does not comprise a 5′ internucleotide linkage group, although may or may not comprise a 5′ terminal group.
  • Non-naturally occurring nucleotides include nucleotides which have modified sugar moieties, such as bicyclic nucleotides or 2′ modified nucleotides, such as 2′ substituted nucleotides.
  • “Nucleotide analogues” are variants of natural nucleotides, such as DNA or RNA nucleotides, by virtue of modifications in the sugar and/or base moieties. Analogues could in principle be merely “silent” or “equivalent” to the natural nucleotides in the context of the oligonucleotide, i.e. have no functional effect on the way the oligonucleotide works to inhibit target gene expression. Such “equivalent” analogues may nevertheless be useful if, for example, they are easier or cheaper to manufacture, or are more stable to storage or manufacturing conditions, or represent a tag or label. Preferably, however, the analogues will have a functional effect on the way in which the oligomer works to inhibit expression; for example by producing increased binding affinity to the target and/or increased resistance to intracellular nucleases and/or increased ease of transport into the cell. Specific examples of nucleoside analogues are described by e.g. Freier & Altmann; Nucl. Acid Res., 1997, 25, 4429-4443 and Uhlmann; Curr. Opinion in Drug Development, 2000, 3(2), 293-213, and in Scheme 1:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00001
    Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00002
  • The oligomer may thus comprise or consist of a simple sequence of natural occurring nucleotides—preferably 2′-deoxynucleotides (referred here generally as “DNA”), but also possibly ribonucleotides (referred here generally as “RNA”), or a combination of such naturally occurring nucleotides and one or more non-naturally occurring nucleotides, i.e. nucleotide analogues. Such nucleotide analogues may suitably enhance the affinity of the oligomer for the target sequence.
  • Examples of suitable and preferred nucleotide analogues are provided by WO2007/031091 or are referenced therein. Other nucleotide analogues which may be used in the oligomer of the invention include tricyclic nucleic acids, for example please see WO2013154798 and WO2013154798 which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Incorporation of affinity-enhancing nucleotide analogues in the oligomer, such as LNA or 2′-substituted sugars, can allow the size of the specifically binding oligomer to be reduced, and may also reduce the upper limit to the size of the oligomer before non-specific or aberrant binding takes place.
  • In some embodiments the oligomer comprises at least 2 nucleotide analogues. In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises from 3-8 nucleotide analogues, e.g. 6 or 7 nucleotide analogues. In the by far most preferred embodiments, at least one of said nucleotide analogues is a locked nucleic acid (LNA); for example at least 3 or at least 4, or at least 5, or at least 6, or at least 7, or 8, of the nucleotide analogues may be LNA. In some embodiments all the nucleotides analogues may be LNA.
  • It will be recognised that when referring to a preferred nucleotide sequence motif or nucleotide sequence, which consists of only nucleotides, the oligomers of the invention which are defined by that sequence may comprise a corresponding nucleotide analogue in place of one or more of the nucleotides present in said sequence, such as LNA units or other nucleotide analogues, which raise the duplex stability/Tm of the oligomer/target duplex (i.e. affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues).
  • Tm Assay: The oligonucleotide: Oligonucleotide and RNA target (PO) duplexes are diluted to 3 mM in 500 ml RNase-free water and mixed with 500 ml 2× Tm-buffer (200 mM NaCl, 0.2 mM EDTA, 20 mM Naphosphate, pH 7.0). The solution is heated to 95° C. for 3 min and then allowed to anneal in room temperature for 30 min. The duplex melting temperatures (Tm) is measured on a Lambda 40 UV/VIS Spectrophotometer equipped with a Peltier temperature programmer PTP6 using PE Templab software (Perkin Elmer). The temperature is ramped up from 20° C. to 95° C. and then down to 25° C., recording absorption at 260 nm. First derivative and the local maximums of both the melting and annealing are used to assess the duplex Tm.
  • LNA
  • The term “LNA” refers to a bicyclic nucleoside analogue which comprises a C2*-C4* biradical (a bridge), and is known as “Locked Nucleic Acid”. It may refer to an LNA monomer, or, when used in the context of an “LNA oligonucleotide”, LNA refers to an oligonucleotide containing one or more such bicyclic nucleotide analogues. In some aspects bicyclic nucleoside analogues are LNA nucleotides, and these terms may therefore be used interchangeably, and is such embodiments, both are be characterized by the presence of a linker group (such as a bridge) between C2′ and C4′ of the ribose sugar ring.
  • In some embodiments, at least one nucleoside analogue present in the first region (A) is a bicyclic nucleoside analogue, such as at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, (except the DNA and or RNA nucleosides of region B) are sugar modified nucleoside analogues, such as such as bicyclic nucleoside analogues, such as LNA, e.g. beta-D-X-LNA or alpha-L-X-LNA (wherein X is oxy, amino or thio), or other LNAs disclosed herein including, but not limited to, (R/S) cET, cMOE or 5′-Me-LNA.
  • In some embodiments the LNA used in the oligonucleotide compounds of the invention preferably has the structure of the general formula II:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00003
  • wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CH2O—, —S—, —NH—, N(Re) and/or —CH2—; Z and Z* are independently selected among an internucleotide linkage, RH, a terminal group or a protecting group; B constitutes a natural or non-natural nucleotide base moiety (nucleobase), and RH is selected from hydrogen and C1-4-alkyl; Ra, Rb Rc, Rd and Re are, optionally independently, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-12-alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12-alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12-alkynyl, hydroxy, C1-12-alkoxy, C2-12-alkoxyalkyl, C2-12-alkenyloxy, carboxy, C1-12-alkoxycarbonyl, C1-12-alkylcarbonyl, formyl, aryl, aryloxy-carbonyl, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy-carbonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylcarbonyl, amino, mono- and di(C1-6-alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, mono- and di(C1-6-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, amino-C1-6-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, mono- and di(C1-6-alkyl)amino-C1-6-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1-6-alkyl-carbonylamino, carbamido, C1-6-alkanoyloxy, sulphono, C1-6-alkylsulphonyloxy, nitro, azido, sulphanyl, C1-6-alkylthio, halogen, DNA intercalators, photochemically active groups, thermochemically active groups, chelating groups, reporter groups, and ligands, where aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted and where two geminal substituents Ra and Rb together may designate optionally substituted methylene (═CH2); and RH is selected from hydrogen and C1-4-alkyl. In some embodiments Ra, Rb Rc, Rd and Re are, optionally independently, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl, such as methyl. For all chiral centers, asymmetric groups may be found in either R or S orientation, for example, two exemplary stereochemical isomers include the beta-D and alpha-L isoforms, which may be illustrated as follows:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00004
  • Specific exemplary LNA units are shown below:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00005
  • The term “thio-LNA” comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is selected from S or —CH2—S—. Thio-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • The term “amino-LNA” comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is selected from —N(H)—, N(R)—, CH2—N(H)—, and —CH2—N(R)— where R is selected from hydrogen and C1-4-alkyl. Amino-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • The term “oxy-LNA” comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above represents —O—. Oxy-LNA can be in both beta-D and alpha-L-configuration.
  • The term “ENA” comprises a locked nucleotide in which Y in the general formula above is —CH2—O— (where the oxygen atom of —CH2—O— is attached to the 2′-position relative to the base B). Re is hydrogen or methyl.
  • In some exemplary embodiments LNA is selected from beta-D-oxy-LNA, alpha-L-oxy-LNA, beta-D-amino-LNA and beta-D-thio-LNA, in particular beta-D-oxy-LNA.
  • As used herein, “bicyclic nucleosides” refer to modified nucleosides comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety. Examples of bicyclic nucleosides include, without limitation, nucleosides comprising a bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ ribosyl ring atoms. In some embodiments, compounds provided herein include one or more bicyclic nucleosides wherein the bridge comprises a 4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleoside. Examples of such 4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleosides, include, but are not limited to, one of the formulae: 4′-(CH2)—O-2′ (LNA); 4′-(CH2)—S-2′; 4′-(CH2)2—O-2′ (ENA); 4′-CH(CH3)—O-2′ and 4′-CH(CH2OCH3)—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, U.S. Pat. No. 7,399,845, issued on Jul. 15, 2008); 4′-C(CH3)(CH3)—O-2′, and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO2009/006478, published Jan. 8, 2009); 4′-CH2—N(OCH3)-2′, and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO2008/150729, published Dec. 11, 2008); 4′-CH2—O—N(CH3)-2′ (see, published U.S. Patent Application US2004/0171570, published Sep. 2, 2004); 4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′, wherein R is H, C1-C10 alkyl, or a protecting group (see, U.S. Pat. No. 7,427,672, issued on Sep. 23, 2008); 4′-CH2—C(H)(CH3)-2′ (see, Chattopadhyaya, et al, J. Org. Chem., 2009, 74, 118-134); and 4′-CH2—C(═CH2)-2′, and analogs thereof (see, published PCT International Application WO 2008/154401, published on Dec. 8, 2008). Also see, for example: Singh et al., Chem. Commun., 1998, 4, 455-456; Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron, 1998, 54, 3607-3630; Wahlestedt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2000, 97, 5633-5638; Kumar et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1998, 8, 2219-2222; Singh et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 10035-10039; Srivastava et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 129(26) 8362-8379 (Jul. 4, 2007); Elayadi et al., Curr. Opinion Invens. Drugs, 2001, 2, 558-561; Braasch et al., Chem. Biol, 2001, 8, 1-7; Oram et al, Curr. Opinion Mol. Ther., 2001, 3, 239-243; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,670,461, 7,053,207, 6,268,490, 6,770,748, 6,794,499, 7,034,133, 6,525,191, 7,399,845; published PCT International applications WO 2004/106356, WO 94/14226, WO 2005/021570, and WO 2007/134181; U.S. Patent Publication Nos. US2004/0171570, US2007/0287831, and US2008/0039618; and U.S. patent Ser. No. 12/129,154, 60/989,574, 61/026,995, 61/026,998, 61/056,564, 61/086,231, 61/097,787, and 61/099,844; and PCT International Application Nos. PCT/US2008/064591, PCT/US2008/066154, and PCT/US2008/068922. Each of the foregoing bicyclic nucleosides can be prepared having one or more stereochemical sugar configurations including for example a-L-ribofuranose and beta-D-ribofuranose (see PCT international application PCT DK98/00393, published on Mar. 25, 1999 as WO 99/14226).
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic sugar moieties of BNA nucleosides include, but are not limited to, compounds having at least one bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ position of the pentofuranosyl sugar moiety wherein such bridges independently comprises 1 or from 2 to 4 linked groups independently selected from -[CiRaXRb)]—, —C(Ra)═C(Rb)—, —C(Ra)═N—, —C(═NRa)—, —C(═O)—, —C(═S)—, —O—, —Si(Ra)2—, —S(═O)x—, and —N(Ra)—; wherein: x is 0, 1, or 2; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; each Ra and Rb is, independently, H, a protecting group, hydroxyl, C1-C12 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-Ci2 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-Ci2 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C5-C20 aryl, substituted C5-C20 aryl, heterocycle radical, substituted heterocycle radical, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, C5-C7 alicyclic radical, substituted C5-C7 alicyclic radical, halogen, OJ1, NJ1J2, SJ1, N3, COOJ1, acyl (C(═O)—H), substituted acyl, CN, sulfonyl (S(═O)2-J1), or sulfoxyl (S(═O)-J1); and each J1 and J2 is, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C5-C20 aryl, substituted C5-C2o aryl, acyl (C(═O)—H), substituted acyl, a heterocycle radical, a substituted heterocycle radical, C1-C12 aminoalkyl, substituted C1-C12 aminoalkyl, or a protecting group.
  • In some embodiments, the bridge of a bicyclic sugar moiety is, —[C(Ra)(Rb)]n—, —[C(Ra)(Rb)]n—O—, —C(RaRb)—N(R)—O— or, —C(RaRb)—O—N(R)—. In some embodiments, the bridge is 4′-CH2-2′, 4′-(CH2)2-2′, 4′-(CH2)3-2′, 4′-CH2—O-2′, 4*-(CH2)2-O-2′, 4′- CH2—O—N(R)-2′, and 4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′-, wherein each R is, independently, H, a protecting group, or C1-C12 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleosides are further defined by isomeric configuration. For example, a nucleoside comprising a 4′-2′ methylene-oxy bridge, may be in the a-L configuration or in the beta-D configuration. Previously, a-L-methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA's have been incorporated into antisense oligonucleotides that showed antisense activity (Frieden et al, Nucleic Acids Research, 2003, 21, 6365-6372).
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleosides include, but are not limited to, (A) a-L-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA, (B) beta-D-Methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA, (C) Ethyleneoxy (4′-(CH2)2—O-2′) BNA, (D) Aminooxy (4′-CH2—O—N(R)-2′) BNA, (E) Oxyamino (4′-CH2—N(R)—O-2′) BNA, (F), Methyl(methyleneoxy) (4′-CH(CH3)—O-2′) BNA, (G) methylene-thio (4′-CH2—S-2′) BNA, (H) methylene-amino (4′-CH2—N(R)-2′) BNA, (I) methyl carbocyclic (4′-CH2—CH(CH3)-2′) BNA, and (J) propylene carbocyclic (4′-(CH2)3-2′) BNA as depicted below.
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00006
  • wherein Bx is the base moiety and R is, independently, H, a protecting group or C1-C2 alkyl. odiments, bicyclic nucleoside having Formula I:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00007
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • -Qa-Qb-Qc- is —CH2—N(Rc)-CH2—, —C(═O)—N(Rc)—CH2—, —CH2—O—N(Rc)-, —CH2—N(Rc)-O—, or —N(Rc)-O—CH2;
  • Rc is C1-C12 alkyl or an amino protecting group; and
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium.
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleoside having Formula II:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00008
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium; Za is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted amide, thiol, or substituted thio.
  • In some embodiments, each of the substituted groups is, independently, mono or poly substituted with substituent groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, hydroxyl, OJc, NJd, SJC, N3, OC(═X)Jc, and NJeC(═X)NJcJd, wherein each Jc, Jd, and Je is, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, or substituted C1-C6 alkyl and X is O or NJC.
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleoside having Formula III:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00009
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • Rd is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or substituted acyl (C(═O)—).
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleoside having Formula IV:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00010
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium;
  • Rd is C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; each qb, qc and qd is, independently, H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-Ce alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxyl, substituted Q-C6 alkoxyl, acyl, substituted acyl, C1-C6 aminoalkyl, or substituted C1-C6 aminoalkyl;
  • In some embodiments, bicyclic nucleoside having Formula V:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00011
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium; qa, qb, qc and qf are each, independently, hydrogen, halogen, C1-C12 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, substituted C1-C12 alkoxy, OJj, SJj, SOJj, SO2Jj, NJjJk, N3, CN, C(═O)OJj, C(═O)NJjJk, C(═O)Jj, O—C(═O)NJjJk, N(H)C(═NH)NJjJk, N(H)C(═O)NJjJk or N(H)C(═S)NJjJk; or qe and qf together are ═C(qg)(qh); qg and qh are each, independently, H, halogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or substituted C1-C12 alkyl.
  • The synthesis and preparation of the methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA monomers adenine, cytosine, guanine, 5-methyl-cytosine, thymine, and uracil, along with their oligomerization, and nucleic acid recognition properties have been described (see, e.g., Koshkin et al., Tetrahedron, 1998, 54, 3607-3630). BNAs and preparation thereof are also described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
  • Analogs of methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA, methyleneoxy (4′-CH2—O-2′) BNA, and 2′-thio-BNAs, have also been prepared {see, e.g., Kumar et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 1998, 8, 2219-2222). Preparation of locked nucleoside analogs comprising oligodeoxyribonucleotide duplexes as substrates for nucleic acid polymerases has also been described (see, e.g., Wengel et al., WO 99/14226). Furthermore, synthesis of 2′-amino-BNA, a novel comformationally restricted high-affinity oligonucleotide analog, has been described in the art (see, e.g., Singh et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 10035-10039). In addition, 2′-amino- and 2′-methylamino-BNA's have been prepared and the thermal stability of their duplexes with complementary RNA and DNA strands has been previously reported.
  • In some embodiments, the bicyclic nucleoside has Formula VI:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00012
  • wherein:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • Ta and Tb are each, independently, H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a conjugate group, a reactive phosphorus group, a phosphorus moiety, or a covalent attachment to a support medium; each qj, qj, qk and ql is, independently, H, halogen, C1-C12 alkyl, substituted C1-C12 alkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C12 alkoxyl, substituted C2-C12 alkoxyl, OJj, SJj, SOJj, SO2Jj, NJjJk, N3, CN, C(═O)OJj, C(═O)NJjJk, C(═O)Jj, O—C(═O)NJjJk, N(H)C(═NH)NJjJk, N(H)C(═O)NJjJk, or (H)C(═S)NJjJk; and qi and qj or ql and qk together are ═C(qg)(qh), wherein qg and qh are each, independently, H, halogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
  • One carbocyclic bicyclic nucleoside having a 4′-(CH2)3-2′ bridge and the alkenyl analog, bridge 4′-CH═CH—CH2-2′, have been described (see, e.g., Freier et al, Nucleic Acids Research, 1997, 25(22), 4429-4443 and Albaek et al, J. Org. Chem., 2006, 71, 7731-77 '40). The synthesis and preparation of carbocyclic bicyclic nucleosides along with their oligomerization and biochemical studies have also been described (see, e.g., Srivastava et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129(26), 8362-8379).
  • As used herein, “4′-2′ bicyclic nucleoside” or “4′ to 2′ bicyclic nucleoside” refers to a bicyclic nucleoside comprising a furanose ring comprising a bridge connecting the 2′ carbon atom and the 4′ carbon atom.
  • As used herein, “monocylic nucleosides” refer to nucleosides comprising modified sugar moieties that are not bicyclic sugar moieties. In some embodiments, the sugar moiety, or sugar moiety analogue, of a nucleoside may be modified or substituted at any position.
  • As used herein, “2′-modified sugar” means a furanosyl sugar modified at the 2′ position. In some embodiments, such modifications include substituents selected from: a halide, including, but not limited to substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted and unsubstituted thioalkyl, substituted and unsubstituted amino alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted allyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, 2′ modifications are selected from substituents including, but not limited to: O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, O(CH2),NH2, O(CH2),CH3, O(CH2),ONH2, OCH2C(═O)N(H)CH3, and O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10. Other 2′-substituent groups can also be selected from: C1-C12 alkyl; substituted alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; alkaryl; aralkyl; O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl; SH; SCH3; OCN; Cl; Br; CN; CF3; OCF3; SOCH3; S02CH3; ONO2; NO2; N3; NH2; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino; substituted silyl; an R; a cleaving group; a reporter group; an intercalator; a group for improving pharmacokinetic properties; and a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an antisense compound, and other substituents having similar properties. In some embodiments, modified nucleosides comprise a 2′-MOE side chain {see, e.g., Baker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1997, 272, 11944-12000). Such 2′-MOE substitution have been described as having improved binding affinity compared to unmodified nucleosides and to other modified nucleosides, such as 2′-O-methyl, O-propyl, and O-aminopropyl. Oligonucleotides having the 2-MOE substituent also have been shown to be antisense inhibitors of gene expression with promising features for in vivo use {see, e.g., Martin, P., He/v. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504; Altmann et al., Chimia, 1996, 50, 168-176; Altmann et al., Biochem. Soc. Trans., 1996, 24, 630-637; and Altmann et al., Nucleosides Nucleotides, 1997, 16, 917-926).
  • As used herein, a “modified tetrahydropyran nucleoside” or “modified THP nucleoside” means a nucleoside having a six-membered tetrahydropyran “sugar” substituted in for the pentofuranosyl residue in normal nucleosides (a sugar surrogate). Modified ?THP nucleosides include, but are not limited to, what is referred to in the art as hexitol nucleic acid (HNA), anitol nucleic acid (ANA), manitol nucleic acid (MNA) {see Leumann, C J. Bioorg. and Med. Chem. (2002) 10:841-854), fluoro HNA (F-HNA), or those compounds having Formula X:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00013
  • X wherein independently for each of said at least one tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog of Formula X:
  • Bx is a heterocyclic base moiety;
  • T3 and T4 are each, independently, an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound or one of T3 and T4 is an internucleoside linking group linking the tetrahydropyran nucleoside analog to the antisense compound and the other of T3 and T4 is H, a hydroxyl protecting group, a linked conjugate group, or a 5′ or 3′-terminal group; q1 q2 q3 q4 q5, q6 and q7 are each, independently, H, C1-C6 alkyl, substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, or substituted C2-C6 alkynyl; and one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen and the other is selected from halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, NJ,J2, SJ, N3, OC(═X)J1, OC(═X)NJ1J2, NJ3C(═X)NJ1J2, and CN, wherein X is O, S, or NJ1 and each J1, J2, and J3 is, independently, H or C1-C6 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, the modified THP nucleosides of Formula X are provided wherein qm, qn, qp, qr, qs, qt, and qu are each H. In some embodiments, at least one of qm, qn, qp, qr, qs, qt and qu is other than H. In some embodiments, at least one of qm, qn, qp, qr, qs, qt and qu is methyl. In some embodiments, THP nucleosides of Formula X are provided wherein one of R1 and R2 is F. In some embodiments, R1 is fluoro and R2 is H, R1 is methoxy and R2 is H, and R1 is methoxyethoxy and R2 is H.
  • As used herein, “2′-modified” or “2′-substituted” refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising a substituent at the 2′ position other than H or OH. 2′-modified nucleosides, include, but are not limited to nucleosides with non-bridging 2′ substituents, such as allyl, amino, azido, thio, O-allyl, O—C1-C10 alkyl, —OCF3, O—(CH2)2—O—CH3, 2′-O(CH2)2SCH3, O—(CH2)2—O—N(Rm)(Rn), or O—CH2—C(═O)—N(Rm)(Rn), where each Rm and R, is, independently, H or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkyl. 2′-modified nucleosides may further comprise other modifications, for example, at other positions of the sugar and/or at the nucleobase.
  • As used herein, “2′-F” refers to a sugar comprising a fluoro group at the 2′ position.
  • As used herein, “2′-OMe” or “2′-OCH3” or “2′-O-methyl” each refers to a nucleoside comprising a sugar comprising an —OCH3 group at the 2′ position of the sugar ring.
  • As used herein, “oligonucleotide” refers to a compound comprising a plurality of linked nucleosides.
  • In some embodiments, one or more of the plurality of nucleosides is modified. In some embodiments, an oligonucleotide comprises one or more ribonucleosides (RNA) and/or deoxyribonucleosides (DNA).
  • Many other bicyclo and tricyclo sugar surrogate ring systems are also known in the art that can be used to modify nucleosides for incorporation into antisense compounds {see, e.g., review article: Leumann, J. C, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry, 2002, 10, 841-854). Such ring systems can undergo various additional substitutions to enhance activity. Methods for the preparations of modified sugars are well known to those skilled in the art. In nucleotides having modified sugar moieties, the nucleobase moieties (natural, modified, or a combination thereof) are maintained for hybridization with an appropriate nucleic acid target.
  • In some embodiments, antisense compounds comprise one or more nucleotides having modified sugar moieties. In some embodiments, the modified sugar moiety is 2′-MOE. In some embodiments, the 2′-MOE modified nucleotides are arranged in a gapmer motif. In some embodiments, the modified sugar moiety is a cEt. In some embodiments, the cEt modified nucleotides are arranged throughout the wings of a gapmer motif.
  • In some embodiments, in the BNA (LNA), R4* and R2* together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH2OCH3)— (2′O-methoxyethyl bicyclic nucleic acid—Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem)—in either the R- or S-configuration.
  • In some embodiments, in the BNA (LNA), R4* and R2* together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH2CH3)— (2′O-ethyl bicyclic nucleic acid—Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).—in either the R- or S-configuration.
  • In some embodiments, in the BNA (LNA), R4* and R2* together designate the biradical —O—CH(CH3)—.—in either the R- or S-configuration. In some embodiments, R4* and R2* together designate the biradical —O—CH2—O—CH2——(Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).
  • In some embodiments, in the BNA (LNA), R4* and R2* together designate the biradical —O—NR—CH3——(Seth at al., 2010, J. Org. Chem).
  • In some embodiments, the LNA units have a structure selected from the following group:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00014
  • Incorporation of affinity-enhancing nucleotide analogues in the oligomer, such as BNA, (e.g.) LNA or 2′-substituted sugars, can allow the size of the specifically binding oligomer to be reduced, and may also reduce the upper limit to the size of the oligomer before non-specific or aberrant binding takes place.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises at least 1 nucleoside analogue. In some embodiments the oligomer comprises at least 2 nucleotide analogues. In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises from 3-8 nucleotide analogues, e.g. 6 or 7 nucleotide analogues. In the by far most preferred embodiments, at least one of said nucleotide analogues is a BNA, such as locked nucleic acid (LNA); for example at least 3 or at least 4, or at least 5, or at least 6, or at least 7, or 8, of the nucleotide analogues may be BNA, such as LNA. In some embodiments all the nucleotides analogues may be BNA, such as LNA.
  • It will be recognized that when referring to a preferred nucleotide sequence motif or nucleotide sequence, which consists of only nucleotides, the oligomers of the invention which are defined by that sequence may comprise a corresponding nucleotide analogue in place of one or more of the nucleotides present in said sequence, such as BNA units or other nucleotide analogues, which raise the duplex stability/Tm of the oligomer/target duplex (i.e. affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues).
  • A preferred nucleotide analogue is LNA, such as oxy-LNA (such as beta-D-oxy-LNA, and alpha-L-oxy-LNA), and/or amino-LNA (such as beta-D-amino-LNA and alpha-L-amino-LNA) and/or thio-LNA (such as beta-D-thio-LNA and alpha-L-thio-LNA) and/or ENA (such as beta-D-ENA and alpha-L-ENA).
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer of the invention, such as region A, may comprise BNA or LNA units and other nucleotide analogues. Further nucleotide analogues present within the oligomer of the invention are independently selected from, for example: 2′-O-alkyl-RNA units, 2′-amino-DNA units, 2′-fluoro-DNA units, BNA units, e.g. LNA units, arabino nucleic acid (ANA) units, 2′-fluoro-ANA units, HNA units, INA (intercalating nucleic acid—Christensen, 2002. Nucl. Acids. Res. 2002 30: 4918-4925, hereby incorporated by reference) units and 2′MOE units. In some embodiments there is only one of the above types of nucleotide analogues present in the oligomer of the invention, such as the first region, or contiguous nucleotide sequence thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer according to the invention (region A) may therefore comprises at least one BNA, e.g. Locked Nucleic Acid (LNA) unit, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 BNA/LNA units, such as from 3-7 or 4 to 8 BNA/LNA units, or 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 BNA/LNA units. In some embodiments, all the nucleotide analogues are BNA, such as LNA. In some embodiments, the oligomer may comprise both beta-D-oxy-LNA, and one or more of the following LNA units: thio-LNA, amino-LNA, oxy-LNA, and/or ENA in either the beta-D or alpha-L configurations or combinations thereof. In some embodiments all BNA, such as LNA, cytosine units are 5′methyl-Cytosine. In some embodiments of the invention, the oligomer (such as the first and optionally second regions) may comprise both BNA and LNA and DNA units. In some embodiments, the combined total of LNA and DNA units is 10-25, such as 10-24, preferably 10-20, such as 10-18, such as 12-16. In some embodiments of the invention, the nucleotide sequence of the oligomer, of first region thereof, such as the contiguous nucleotide sequence consists of at least one BNA, e.g. LNA and the remaining nucleotide units are DNA units. In some embodiments the oligomer, or first region thereof, comprises only BNA, e.g. LNA, nucleotide analogues and naturally occurring nucleotides (such as RNA or DNA, most preferably DNA nucleotides), optionally with modified internucleotide linkages such as phosphorothioate.
  • RNAse Recruitment
  • It is recognised that an oligomeric compound may function via non RNase mediated degradation of target mRNA, such as by steric hindrance of translation, or other methods. In some embodiments, the oligomers of the invention are capable of recruiting an endoribonuclease (RNase), such as RNase H.
  • It is preferable such oligomers, such as region A, or contiguous nucleotide sequence, comprises of a region of at least 6, such as at least 7 consecutive nucleotide units, such as at least 8 or at least 9 consecutive nucleotide units (residues), including 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 consecutive nucleotides, which, when formed in a duplex with the complementary target RNA is capable of recruiting RNase (such as DNA units). The contiguous sequence which is capable of recruiting RNAse may be region Y′ as referred to in the context of a gapmer as described herein. In some embodiments the size of the contiguous sequence which is capable of recruiting RNAse, such as region Y′, may be higher, such as 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 nucleotide units.
  • EP 1 222 309 provides in vitro methods for determining RNaseH activity, which may be used to determine the ability to recruit RNaseH. A oligomer is deemed capable of recruiting RNase H if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, it has an initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, of at least 1%, such as at least 5%, such as at least 10% or, more than 20% of the of the initial rate determined using DNA only oligonucleotide, having the same base sequence but containing only DNA monomers, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all monomers in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309.
  • In some embodiments, an oligomer is deemed essentially incapable of recruiting RNaseH if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, and RNaseH, the RNaseH initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, is less than 1%, such as less than 5%, such as less than 10% or less than 20% of the initial rate determined using the equivalent DNA only oligonucleotide, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all nucleotides in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309.
  • In other embodiments, an oligomer is deemed capable of recruiting RNaseH if, when provided with the complementary RNA target, and RNaseH, the RNaseH initial rate, as measured in pmol/l/min, is at least 20%, such as at least 40%, such as at least 60%, such as at least 80% of the initial rate determined using the equivalent DNA only oligonucleotide, with no 2′ substitutions, with phosphorothioate linkage groups between all nucleotides in the oligonucleotide, using the methodology provided by Example 91-95 of EP 1 222 309. Typically the region of the oligomer which forms the consecutive nucleotide units which, when formed in a duplex with the complementary target RNA is capable of recruiting RNase consists of nucleotide units which form a DNA/RNA like duplex with the RNA target. The oligomer of the invention, such as the first region, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which comprises both nucleotides and nucleotide analogues, and may be e.g. in the form of a gapmer.
  • Gapmer Design
  • In some embodiments, the oligomer of the invention, such as the first region, comprises or is a gapmer. A gapmer oligomer is an oligomer which comprises a contiguous stretch of nucleotides which is capable of recruiting an RNAse, such as RNAseH, such as a region of at least 6 or 7 DNA nucleotides, referred to herein in as region Y′ (Y′), wherein region Y′ is flanked both 5′ and 3′ by regions of affinity enhancing nucleotide analogues, such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues 5′ and 3′ to the contiguous stretch of nucleotides which is capable of recruiting RNAse—these regions are referred to as regions X′ (X′) and Z′ (Z′) respectively. Examples of gapmers are disclosed in WO2004/046160, WO2008/113832, and WO2007/146511.
  • In some embodiments, the monomers which are capable of recruiting RNAse are selected from the group consisting of DNA monomers, alpha-L-LNA monomers, C4′ alkylated DNA monomers (see PCT/EP2009/050349 and Vester et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 18 (2008) 2296-2300, hereby incorporated by reference), and UNA (unlinked nucleic acid) nucleotides (see Fluiter et al., Mol. Biosyst., 2009, 10, 1039 hereby incorporated by reference). UNA is unlocked nucleic acid, typically where the C2-C3 C—C bond of the ribose has been removed, forming an unlocked “sugar” residue. Preferably the gapmer comprises a (poly)nucleotide sequence of formula (5′ to 3′), X′-Y′-Z′, wherein; region X′ (X′) (5′ region) consists or comprises of at least one nucleotide analogue, such as at least one BNA (e.g. LNA) unit, such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, and; region Y′ (Y′) consists or comprises of at least five consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse (when formed in a duplex with a complementary RNA molecule, such as the mRNA target), such as DNA nucleotides, and; region Z′ (Z′) (3′ region) consists or comprises of at least one nucleotide analogue, such as at least one BNA (e.g LNA unit), such as from 1-6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • In some embodiments, region X′ consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, such as from 2-5 nucleotide analogues, such as 2-5 LNA units, such as 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as 3 or 4 LNA units; and/or region Z′ consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units, such as from 2-5 nucleotide analogues, such as 2-5 BNA (e.g. LNA units), such as 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as 3 or 4 BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • In some embodiments Y′ consists or comprises of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse, or from 6-10, or from 7-9, such as 8 consecutive nucleotides which are capable of recruiting RNAse. In some embodiments region Y′ consists or comprises at least one DNA nucleotide unit, such as 1-12 DNA units, preferably from 4-12 DNA units, more preferably from 6-10 DNA units, such as from 7-10 DNA units, most preferably 8, 9 or 10 DNA units.
  • In some embodiments region X′ consist of 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA), region X′ consists of 7, 8, 9 or 10 DNA units, and region Z′ consists of 3 or 4 nucleotide analogues, such as BNA (e.g. LNA). Such designs include (X′-Y′-Z′) 3-10-3, 3-10-4, 4-10-3, 3-9-3, 3-9-4, 4-9-3, 3-8-3, 3-8-4, 4-8-3, 3-7-3, 3-7-4, 4-7-3.
  • Further gapmer designs are disclosed in WO2004/046160, which is hereby incorporated by reference. WO2008/113832, which claims priority from U.S. provisional application 60/977,409 hereby incorporated by reference, refers to ‘shortmer’ gapmer oligomers. In some embodiments, oligomers presented here may be such shortmer gapmers.
  • In some embodiments the oligomer, e.g. region X′, is consisting of a contiguous nucleotide sequence of a total of 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 nucleotide units, wherein the contiguous nucleotide sequence comprises or is of formula (5′-3′), X′-Y′-Z′ wherein; X′ consists of 1, 2 or 3 nucleotide analogue units, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units; Y′ consists of 7, 8 or 9 contiguous nucleotide units which are capable of recruiting RNAse when formed in a duplex with a complementary RNA molecule (such as a mRNA target); and Z′ consists of 1, 2 or 3 nucleotide analogue units, such as BNA (e.g. LNA) units.
  • In some embodiments X′ consists of 1 BNA (e.g. LNA) unit. In some embodiments X′ consists of 2 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments X′ consists of 3 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 1 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 2 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Z′ consists of 3 BNA (e.g. LNA) units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 7 nucleotide units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 8 nucleotide units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of 9 nucleotide units. In certain embodiments, region Y′ consists of 10 nucleoside monomers. In certain embodiments, region Y′ consists or comprises 1-10 DNA monomers. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of from 1-9 DNA units, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 DNA units. In some embodiments Y′ consists of DNA units. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of at least one BNA unit which is in the alpha-L configuration, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 LNA units in the alpha-L-configuration. In some embodiments Y′ comprises of at least one alpha-L-oxy BNA/LNA unit or wherein all the LNA units in the alpha-L-configuration are alpha-L-oxy LNA units. In some embodiments the number of nucleotides present in X′-Y′-Z′ are selected from the group consisting of (nucleotide analogue units-region Y′-nucleotide analogue units): 1-8-1, 1-8-2, 2-8-1, 2-8-2, 3-8-3, 2-8-3, 3-8-2, 4-8-1, 4-8-2, 1-8- 4, 2-8-4, or; 1-9-1, 1-9-2, 2-9-1, 2-9-2, 2-9-3, 3-9-2, 1-9-3, 3-9-1, 4-9-1, 1-9-4, or; 1-10-1, 1-10-2, 2-10-1, 2-10-2, 1-10-3, 3-10-1. In some embodiments the number of nucleotides in X′-Y′-Z′ are selected from the group consisting of: 2-7-1, 1-7-2, 2-7-2, 3-7-3, 2-7-3, 3-7-2, 3-7-4, and 4-7-3. In certain embodiments, each of regions X′ and Y′ consists of three BNA (e.g. LNA) monomers, and region Y′ consists of 8 or 9 or 10 nucleoside monomers, preferably DNA monomers. In some embodiments both X′ and Z′ consists of two BNA (e.g. LNA) units each, and Y′ consists of 8 or 9 nucleotide units, preferably DNA units. In various embodiments, other gapmer designs include those where regions X′ and/or Z′ consists of 3, 4, 5 or 6 nucleoside analogues, such as monomers containing a 2′-O-methoxyethyl-ribose sugar (2′-MOE) or monomers containing a 2′-fluoro-deoxyribose sugar, and region Y′ consists of 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 nucleosides, such as DNA monomers, where regions X′-Y′-Z′ have 3-9-3, 3-10-3, 5-10-5 or 4-12-4 monomers. Further gapmer designs are disclosed in WO 2007/146511A2, hereby incorporated by reference.
  • BNA and LNA Gapmers: A BNA gapmer is a gapmer oligomer (region A) which comprises at least one BNA nucleotide. A LNA gapmer is a gapmer oligomer (region A) which comprises at least one LNA nucleotide. SEQ ID NO 2 and 3 are LNA gapmer oligomers. The oligomers with a contiguous sequence of 10-16 nucleotides which are complementary to a corresponding length of SEQ ID NO 33 or 34 may also be gapmer oligomers such as BNA gapmers or LNA gapmers.
  • Internucleotide Linkages
  • The nucleoside monomers of the oligomers (e.g. first and second regions) described herein are coupled together via [internucleoside] linkage groups. Suitably, each monomer is linked to the 3′ adjacent monomer via a linkage group.
  • The person having ordinary skill in the art would understand that, in the context of the present invention, the 5′ monomer at the end of an oligomer does not comprise a 5′ linkage group, although it may or may not comprise a 5′ terminal group.
  • The terms “linkage group” or “internucleotide linkage” are intended to mean a group capable of covalently coupling together two nucleotides. Specific and preferred examples include phosphate groups and phosphorothioate groups.
  • The nucleotides of the oligomer of the invention or contiguous nucleotides sequence thereof are coupled together via linkage groups. Suitably each nucleotide is linked to the 3′ adjacent nucleotide via a linkage group.
  • Suitable internucleotide linkages include those listed within WO2007/031091, for example the internucleotide linkages listed on the first paragraph of page 34 of WO2007/031091 (hereby incorporated by reference).
  • It is, in some embodiments, other than the phosphodiester linkage(s) of region B (where present), the preferred to modify the internucleotide linkage from its normal phosphodiester to one that is more resistant to nuclease attack, such as phosphorothioate or boranophosphate—these two, being cleavable by RNase H, also allow that route of antisense inhibition in reducing the expression of the target gene.
  • Suitable sulphur (S) containing internucleotide linkages as provided herein may be preferred, such as phosphorothioate or phosphodithioate. Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages are also preferred, particularly for the first region, such as in gapmers, mixmers, antimirs splice switching oligomers, and totalmers.
  • For gapmers, the internucleotide linkages in the oligomer may, for example be phosphorothioate or boranophosphate so as to allow RNase H cleavage of targeted RNA. Phosphorothioate is preferred, for improved nuclease resistance and other reasons, such as ease of manufacture.
  • In one aspect, with the exception of the phosphodiester linkage between the first and second region, and optionally within region B, the remaining internucleoside linkages of the oligomer of the invention, the nucleotides and/or nucleotide analogues are linked to each other by means of phosphorothioate groups. In some embodiments, at least 50%, such as at least 70%, such as at least 80%, such as at least 90% such as all the internucleoside linkages between nucleosides in the first region are other than phosphodiester (phosphate), such as are selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate phosphorodithioate, or boranophosphate. In some embodiments, at least 50%, such as at least 70%, such as at least 80%, such as at least 90% such as all the internucleoside linkages between nucleosides in the first region are phosphorothioate.
  • WO09124238 refers to oligomeric compounds having at least one bicyclic nucleoside attached to the 3′ or 5′ termini by a neutral internucleoside linkage. The oligomers of the invention may therefore have at least one bicyclic nucleoside attached to the 3′ or 5′ termini by a neutral internucleoside linkage, such as one or more phosphotriester, methylphosphonate, MMI, amide-3, formacetal or thioformacetal. The remaining linkages may be phosphorothioate.
  • Oligomer Conjugates
  • Representative conjugate moieties which have been used with oligonucleotides can include lipophilic molecules (aromatic and non-aromatic) including steroid molecules; proteins (e.g., antibodies, enzymes, serum proteins); peptides; vitamins (water-soluble or lipid-soluble); polymers (water-soluble or lipid-soluble); small molecules including drugs, toxins, reporter molecules, and receptor ligands; carbohydrate complexes; nucleic acid cleaving complexes; metal chelators (e.g., porphyrins, texaphyrins, crown ethers, etc.); intercalators including hybrid photonuclease/intercalators; crosslinking agents (e.g., photoactive, redox active), and combinations and derivatives thereof. Numerous suitable conjugate moieties, their preparation and linkage to oligomeric compounds are provided, for example, in WO 93/07883 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,395,492, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Oligonucleotide conjugates and their syntheses are also reported in comprehensive reviews by Manoharan in Antisense Drug Technology, Principles, Strategies, and Applications, S. T. Crooke, ed., Ch. 16, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 2001 and Manoharan, Antisense and Nucleic Acid Drug Development, 2002, 12, 103, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • In some embodiments the oligomer of the invention is targeted to the liver—i.e. after systemic administration the compound accumulates in the liver cells (such as hepatocytes). Targeting to the liver can be greatly enhanced by the addition of a conjugate moiety (C). However, in order to maximize the efficacy of the oligomer it is often desirable that the conjugate (or targeting moiety) is linked to the oligomer via a biocleavable linker (B), such as a nucleotide phosphate linker. It is therefore desirable to use a conjugate moiety which enhances uptake and activity in hepatocytes. The enhancement of activity may be due to enhanced uptake or it may be due to enhanced potency of the compound in hepatocytes.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound is a BNA or LNA oligomer, such as a gapmer, or for example an LNA antisense oligomer, (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer, optionally a biocleavable linker, such as region B, and a carbohydrate conjugate (which may be referred to as region C). The LNA antisense oligomer may be 7-30, such as 8-26 nucleosides in length and it comprises at least one LNA unit (nucleoside). In some embodiments the carbohydrate moiety is not a linear carbohydrate polymer.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound is a LNA oligomer, for example an LNA antisense oligomer, (which may be referred to as region A herein) comprising an antisense oligomer, region B as defined herein, and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety (which may be referred to as region C). The carbohydrate moiety may be multi-valent, such as, for example 2, 3, 4 or 4 identical or non-identical carbohydrate moieties may be covalently joined to the oligomer, optionally via a linker or linkers (such as region Y).
  • GalNac Conjugate Moieties
  • In some embodiments the carbohydrate moiety is not a linear carbohydrate polymer. The carbohydrate moiety may however be multi-valent, such as, for example 2, 3, 4 or 4 identical or non-identical carbohydrate moieties may be covalently joined to the oligomer, optionally via a linker or linkers. In some embodiments the invention provides a conjugate comprising the oligomer of the invention and a carbohydrate conjugate moiety. In some embodiments the invention provides a conjugate comprising the oligomer of the invention and an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety conjugate moiety, such as a GalNAc moiety, which may form part of a further region (referred to as region C).
  • The invention also provides LNA antisense oligonucleotides which are conjugated to an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety. In some embodiments, the conjugate moiety (such as the third region or region C) comprises an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting moiety, such as galactose, galactosamine, N-formyl-galactosamine, Nacetylgalactosamine, N-propionyl-galactosamine, N-n-butanoyl-galactosamine, and N-isobutanoylgalactos-amine. In some embodiments the conjugate comprises a galactose cluster, such as N-acetylgalactosamine trimer. In some embodiments, the conjugate moiety comprises an GalNAc (N-acetylgalactosamine), such as a mono-valent, di-valent , tri-valent of tetra-valent GalNAc. Trivalent GalNAc conjugates may be used to target the compound to the liver. GalNAc conjugates have been used with methylphosphonate and PNA antisense oligonucleotides (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,994517 and Hangeland et al., Bioconjug Chem. 1995 November-December; 6(6):695-701) and siRNAs (e.g. WO2009/126933, WO2012/089352 & WO2012/083046). The GalNAc references and the specific conjugates used therein are hereby incorporated by reference. WO2012/083046 discloses siRNAs with GalNAc conjugate moieties which comprise cleavable pharmacokinetic modulators, which are suitable for use in the present invention, the preferred pharmacokinetic modulators are C16 hydrophobic groups such as palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl. The '046 cleavable pharmacokinetic modulators may also be cholesterol.
  • The ‘targeting moieties (conjugate moieties) may be selected from the group consisting of: galactose, galactosamine, N-formyl-galactosamine, N-acetylgalactosamine, Npropionyl-galactosamine, N-n-butanoyl-galactosamine, N-iso-butanoylgalactos-amine, galactose cluster, and N-acetylgalactosamine trimer and may have a pharmacokinetic modulator selected from the group consisting of: hydrophobic group having 16 or more carbon atoms, hydrophobic group having 16-20 carbon atoms, palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl, and cholesterol. Certain GalNac clusters disclosed in '046 include: (E)-hexadec-8-enoyl (C16), oleyl (C18), (9,E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl (C18), octanoyl (C8), dodececanoyl (C12), C-20 acyl, C24 acyl, dioctanoyl (2×C8). The targeting moiety-pharmacokinetic modulator targeting moiety may be linked to the polynucleotide via a physiologically labile bond or, e.g. a disulfide bond, or a PEG linker. The invention also relates to the use of phosphodiester linkers between the oligomer and the conjugate group (these are referred to as region B herein, and suitably are positioned between the LNA oligomer and the carbohydrate conjugate group).
  • For targeting hepatocytes in liver, a preferred targeting ligand is a galactose cluster.
  • A galactose cluster comprises a molecule having e.g. comprising two to four terminal galactose derivatives. As used herein, the term galactose derivative includes both galactose and derivatives of galactose having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor equal to or greater than that of galactose. A terminal galactose derivative is attached to a molecule through its C—I carbon. The asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGPr) is unique to hepatocytes and binds branched galactose-terminal glycoproteins. A preferred galactose cluster has three terminal galactosamines or galactosamine derivatives each having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor. A more preferred galactose cluster has three terminal N-acetyl-galactosamines. Other terms common in the art include tri-antennary galactose, tri-valent galactose and galactose trimer. It is known that tri-antennary galactose derivative clusters are bound to the ASGPr with greater affinity than bi-antennary or mono-antennary galactose derivative structures (Baenziger and Fiete, 1980, Cell, 22, 611-620; Connolly et al., 1982, 1. Biol. Chem., 257,939-945). Multivalency is required to achieve nM affinity. According to WO 2012/083046 the attachment of a single galactose derivative having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor does not enable functional delivery of the RNAi polynucleotide to hepatocytes in vivo when co-administered with the delivery polymer.
  • A galactose cluster may comprise two or preferably three galactose derivatives each linked to a central branch point. The galactose derivatives are attached to the central branch point through the C—I carbons of the saccharides. The galactose derivative is preferably linked to the branch point via linkers or spacers. A preferred spacer is a flexible hydrophilic spacer (U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,968; Biessen et al. J. Med. Chem. 1995 Vol. 39 p. 1538-1546). A preferred flexible hydrophilic spacer is a PEG spacer. A preferred PEG spacer is a PEG3 spacer. The branch point can be any small molecule which permits attachment of the three galactose derivatives and further permits attachment of the branch point to the oligomer. An exemplary branch point group is a di-lysine. A di-lysine molecule contains three amine groups through which three galactose derivatives may be attached and a carboxyl reactive group through which the di-lysine may be attached to the oligomer. Attachment of the branch point to oligomer may occur through a linker or spacer. A preferred spacer is a flexible hydrophilic spacer. A preferred flexible hydrophilic spacer is a PEG spacer. A preferred PEG spacer is a PEG3 spacer (three ethylene units). The galactose cluster may be attached to the 3′ or 5′ end of the oligomer using methods known in the art.
  • A preferred galactose derivative is an N-acetyl-galactosamine (GalNAc). Other saccharides having affinity for the asialoglycoprotein receptor may be selected from the list comprising: galactosamine, N-n-butanoylgalactosamine, and N-iso-butanoylgalactosamine. The affinities of numerous galactose derivatives for the asialoglycoprotein receptor have been studied (see for example: Jobst, S. T. and Drickamer, K. JB.C. 1996, 271,6686) or are readily determined using methods typical in the art.
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00015
  • Further Examples of the conjugate of the invention are illustrated below:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00016
  • Where at the hydrophobic or lipophilic (or further conjugate) moiety (i.e. pharmacokinetic modulator) in the above GalNac cluster conjugates is, when using BNA or LNA oligomers, such as LNA antisense oligonucleotides, optional.
  • See the figures for specific Galnac clusters used in the present study, Conj 1, 2, 3, 4 and Conj 1a, 2a, 3a and 4a (which are shown with an optional C6 linker which joins the GalNac cluster to the oligomer).
  • Each carbohydrate moiety of a Galnac cluster (e.g. GalNAc) may therefore be joined to the oligomer via a spacer, such as (poly)ethylene glycol linker (PEG), such as a di, tri, tetra, penta, hexa-ethylene glycol linker. As is shown above the PEG moiety forms a spacer between the galactose sugar moiety and a peptide (trilysine is shown) linker.
  • In some embodiments, the GalNac cluster comprises a peptide linker, e.g. a Tyr-Asp(Asp) tripeptide or Asp(Asp) dipeptide, which is attached to the oligomer (or to region Y or region B) via a biradical linker, for example the GalNac cluster may comprise the following biradical linkers:
  • Figure US20150291958A1-20151015-C00017
  • R1 is a biradical preferably selected from —C2H4—, —C3H6—, —C4H8—, —C5H10—, —C6H12—, 1,4- cyclohexyl (—C6H10—), 1,4-phenyl (—C6H4—), —C2H4OC2H4—, —C2H4(OC2H4)2— or —C2H4(OC2H4)3—.
  • The carbohydrate conjugate (e.g. GalNAc), or carbohydrate-linker moiety (e.g. carbohydrate-PEG moiety) may be covalently joined (linked) to the oligomer via a branch point group such as, an amino acid, or peptide, which suitably comprises two or more amino groups (such as 3, 4, or 5), such as lysine, di-lysine or tri-lysine or tetra-lysine. A tri-lysine molecule contains four amine groups through which three carbohydrate conjugate groups, such as galactose & derivatives (e.g. GalNAc) and a further conjugate such as a hydrophobic or lipophilic moiety/group may be attached and a carboxyl reactive group through which the tri-lysine may be attached to the oligomer. The further conjugate, such as lipophilic/hydrophobic moiety may be attached to the lysine residue that is attached to the oligomer.
  • Pharmacokinetic Modulators
  • The compound of the invention may further comprise one or more additional conjugate moieties, of which lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties are particularly interesting, such as when the conjugate group is a carbohydrate moiety. Such lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties may act as pharmacokinetic modulators, and may be covalently linked to either the carbohydrate conjugate, a linker linking the carbohydrate conjugate to the oligomer or a linker linking multiple carbohydrate conjugates (multi-valent) conjugates, or to the oligomer, optionally via a linker, such as a bio cleavable linker.
  • The oligomer or conjugate moiety may therefore comprise a pharmacokinetic modulator, such as a lipophilic or hydrophobic moieties. Such moieties are disclosed within the context of siRNA conjugates in WO2012/082046. The hydrophobic moiety may comprise a C8-C36 fatty acid, which may be saturated or un-saturated. In some embodiments, C10, C12, C14, C16, C18, C20, C22, C24, C26, C28, C30, C32 and C34 fatty acids may be used. The hydrophobic group may have 16 or more carbon atoms. Exemplary suitable hydrophobic groups may be selected from the group comprising: sterol, cholesterol, palmitoyl, hexadec-8-enoyl, oleyl, (9E,12E)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl, dioctanoyl, and C16-C20 acyl. According to WO '346, hydrophobic groups having fewer than 16 carbon atoms are less effective in enhancing polynucleotide targeting, but they may be used in multiple copies (e.g. 2×, such as 2×C8 or C10, C12 or C14) to enhance efficacy. Pharmacokinetic modulators useful as polynucleotide targeting moieties may be selected from the group consisting of: cholesterol, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, aralkenyl group, and aralkynyl group, each of which may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Pharmacokinetic modulators are preferably hydrocarbons, containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms. However, substitutions or heteroatoms which maintain hydrophobicity, for example fluorine, may be permitted.
  • In some embodiments, the conjugate is or may comprise a carbohydrate or comprises a carbohydrate group. In some embodiments, the carbohydrate is selected from the group consisting of galactose, lactose, n-acetylgalactosamine, mannose, and mannose-6-phosphate. In some embodiments, the conjugate group is or may comprise mannose or mannose-6-phosphate. Carbohydrate conjugates may be used to enhance delivery or activity in a range of tissues, such as liver and/or muscle. See, for example, EP1495769, WO99/65925, Yang et al., Bioconjug Chem (2009) 20(2): 213-21. Zatsepin & Oretskaya Chem Biodivers. (2004) 1(10): 1401-17.
  • Surprisingly, the present inventors have found that GalNac conjugates for use with LNA oligomers do not require a pharmacokinetic modulator, and as such, in some embodiments, the GalNac conjugate is not covalently linked to a lipophilic or hydrophobic moiety, such as those described here in, e.g. do not comprise a C8-C36 fatty acid or a sterol. The invention therefore also provides for LNA oligomer GalNac conjugates which do not comprise a lipophilic or hydrophobic pharmacokinetic modulator or conjugate moiety/group.
  • Lipophilic Conjugates
  • In some embodiments, the conjugate group is or may comprise a lipophilic moiety, such as a sterol (for example, cholesterol, cholesteryl, cholestanol, stigmasterol, cholanic acid and ergosterol). In some embodiments the conjugate is or comprises tocopherol. In some embodiments, the conjugate is or may comprise cholesterol.
  • In some embodiments, the conjugate is, or may comprise a lipid, a phospholipid or a lipophilic alcohol, such as a cationic lipids, a neutral lipids, sphingolipids, and fatty acids such as stearic, oleic, elaidic, linoleic, linoleaidic, linolenic, and myristic acids. In some embodiments the fatty acid comprises a C4-C30 saturated or unsaturated alkyl chain. The alkyl chain may be linear or branched.
  • Lipophilic conjugate moieties can be used, for example, to counter the hydrophilic nature of an oligomeric compound and enhance cellular penetration.
  • Lipophilic moieties include, for example, sterols stanols, and steroids and related compounds such as cholesterol (U.S. Pat. No. 4,958,013 and Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553), thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al, Nucl Acids Res., 1992, 20, 533), lanosterol, coprostanol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, calciferol, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, estrone, estradiol, estratriol, progesterone, stilbestrol, testosterone, androsterone, deoxycorticosterone, cortisone, 17-hydroxycorticosterone, their derivatives, and the like. In some embodiments, the conjugate may be selected from the group consisting of cholesterol, thiocholesterol, lanosterol, coprostanol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, calciferol, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, estrone, estradiol, estratriol, progesterone, stilbestrol, testosterone, androsterone, deoxycorticosterone, cortisone, and 17-hydroxycorticosterone. Other lipophilic conjugate moieties include aliphatic groups, such as, for example, straight chain, branched, and cyclic alkyls, alkenyls, and alkynyls. The aliphatic groups can have, for example, 5 to about 50, 6 to about 50, 8 to about 50, or 10 to about 50 carbon atoms. Example aliphatic groups include undecyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, terpenes, bornyl, adamantyl, derivatives thereof and the like. In some embodiments, one or more carbon atoms in the aliphatic group can be replaced by a heteroatom such as O, S, or N (e.g., geranyloxyhexyl). Further suitable lipophilic conjugate moieties include aliphatic derivatives of glycerols such as alkylglycerols, bis(alkyl)glycerols, tris(alkyl)glycerols, monoglycerides, diglycerides, and triglycerides. In some embodiments, the lipophilic conjugate is di-hexyldecyl-rac-glycerol or 1,2-di-O-hexyldecyl-rac-glycerol (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651; Shea, et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777) or phosphonates thereof. Saturated and unsaturated fatty functionalities, such as, for example, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty esters, and fatty amines, can also serve as lipophilic conjugate moieties. In some embodiments, the fatty functionalities can contain from about 6 carbons to about 30 or about 8 to about 22 carbons. Example fatty acids include, capric, caprylic, lauric, palmitic, myristic, stearic, oleic, linoleic, linolenic, arachidonic, eicosenoic acids and the like.
  • In further embodiments, lipophilic conjugate groups can be polycyclic aromatic groups having from 6 to about 50, 10 to about 50, or 14 to about 40 carbon atoms. Example polycyclic aromatic groups include pyrenes, purines, acridines, xanthenes, fluorenes, phenanthrenes, anthracenes, quinolines, isoquinolines, naphthalenes, derivatives thereof and the like. Other suitable lipophilic conjugate moieties include menthols, trityls (e.g., dimethoxytrityl (DMT)), phenoxazines, lipoic acid, phospholipids, ethers, thioethers (e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol), derivatives thereof and the like. Preparation of lipophilic conjugates of oligomeric compounds are well-described in the art, such as in, for example, Saison-Behmoaras et al, EMBO J., 1991, 10, 1111; Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259, 327; Svinarchuk et al, Biochimie, 1993, 75, 49; (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229, and Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651.
  • Oligomeric compounds containing conjugate moieties with affinity for low density lipoprotein (LDL) can help provide an effective targeted delivery system. High expression levels of receptors for LDL on tumor cells makes LDL an attractive carrier for selective delivery of drugs to these cells (Rump, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 1998, 9, 341; Firestone, Bioconjugate Chem., 1994, 5, 105; Mishra, et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229). Moieties having affinity for LDL include many lipophilic groups such as steroids (e.g., cholesterol), fatty acids, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, conjugate moieties having LDL affinity can be dioleyl esters of cholic acids such as chenodeoxycholic acid and lithocholic acid.
  • In some embodiments, the lipophilic conjugates may be or may comprise biotin. In some embodiments, the lipophilic conjugate may be or may comprise a glyceride or glyceride ester.
  • Lipophilic conjugates, such as sterols, stanols, and stains, such as cholesterol or as disclosed herein, may be used to enhance delivery of the oligonucleotide to, for example, the liver (typically hepatocytes).
  • The following references also refer to the use of lipophilic conjugates: Kobylanska et al., Acta Biochim Pol. (1999); 46(3): 679-91. Felber et al., Biomaterials (2012) 33(25): 599-65); Grijalvo et al., J Org Chem (2010) 75(20): 6806-13. Koufaki et al., Curr Med Chem (2009) 16(35): 4728-42. Godeau et al J. Med. Chem. (2008) 51(15): 4374-6.
  • Linkers (e.g. Region Y)
  • A linkage or linker is a connection between two atoms that links one chemical group or segment of interest to another chemical group or segment of interest via one or more covalent bonds. Conjugate moieties (or targeting or blocking moieties) can be attached to the oligomeric compound directly or through a linking moiety (linker or tether)—a linker. Linkers are bifunctional moieties that serve to covalently connect a third region, e.g. a conjugate moiety, to an oligomeric compound (such as to region B). In some embodiments, the linker comprises a chain structure or an oligomer of repeating units such as ethylene glyol or amino acid units. The linker can have at least two functionalities, one for attaching to the oligomeric compound and the other for attaching to the conjugate moiety. Example linker functionalities can be electrophilic for reacting with nucleophilic groups on the oligomer or conjugate moiety, or nucleophilic for reacting with electrophilic groups. In some embodiments, linker functionalities include amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, phosphoramidate, phosphorothioate, phosphate, phosphite, unsaturations (e.g., double or triple bonds), and the like. Some example linkers include 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-I-carboxylate (SMCC), 6-aminohexanoic acid (AHEX or AHA), 6-aminohexyloxy, 4-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminocyclohexylcarboxylic acid, succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-I-carboxy-(6-amido-caproate) (LCSMCC), succinimidyl m-maleimido-benzoylate (MBS), succinimidyl N-e-maleimido-caproylate (EMCS), succinimidyl 6-(beta-maleimido-propionamido)hexanoate (SMPH), succinimidyl N-(a-maleimido acetate) (AMAS), succinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (SMPB), beta-alanine (beta-ALA), phenylglycine (PHG), 4-aminocyclohexanoic acid (ACHC), beta-(cyclopropyl)alanine (beta-CYPR), amino dodecanoic acid (ADC), alylene diols, polyethylene glycols, amino acids, and the like.
  • A wide variety of further linker groups are known in the art that can be useful in the attachment of conjugate moieties to oligomeric compounds. A review of many of the useful linker groups can be found in, for example, Antisense Research and Applications, S. T. Crooke and B. Lebleu, Eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1993, p. 303-350. A disulfide linkage has been used to link the 3′ terminus of an oligonucleotide to a peptide (Corey, et al., Science 1987, 238, 1401; Zuckermann, et al, J Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 1614; and Corey, et al., J Am. Chem. Soc. 1989, 111, 8524). Nelson, et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 1989, 17, 7187 describe a linking reagent for attaching biotin to the 3′-terminus of an oligonucleotide. This reagent, N-Fmoc-O-DMT-3-amino-1,2-propanediol is commercially available from Clontech Laboratories (Palo Alto, Calif.) under the name 3′-Amine. It is also commercially available under the name 3′-Amino-Modifier reagent from Glen Research Corporation (Sterling, Va.). This reagent was also utilized to link a peptide to an oligonucleotide as reported by Judy, et al., Tetrahedron Letters 1991, 32, 879. A similar commercial reagent for linking to the 5′-terminus of an oligonucleotide is 5′-Amino-Modifier C6. These reagents are available from Glen Research Corporation (Sterling, Va.). These compounds or similar ones were utilized by Krieg, et al, Antisense Research and Development 1991, 1, 161 to link fluorescein to the 5′-terminus of an oligonucleotide. Other compounds such as acridine have been attached to the 3′-terminal phosphate group of an oligonucleotide via a polymethylene linkage (Asseline, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1984, 81, 3297). [0074] Any of the above groups can be used as a single linker or in combination with one or more further linkers.
  • Linkers and their use in preparation of conjugates of oligomeric compounds are provided throughout the art such as in WO 96/11205 and WO 98/52614 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,948,882; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,580,731; 5,486,603; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,667,025; 5,254,469; 5,245,022; 5,112,963; 5,391,723; 5,510475; 5,512,667; 5,574,142; 5,684,142; 5,770,716; 6,096,875; 6,335,432; and 6,335,437,Wo2012/083046 each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • As used herein, a physiologically labile bond is a labile bond that is cleavable under conditions normally encountered or analogous to those encountered within a mammalian body (also referred to as a cleavable linker). Physiologically labile linkage groups are selected such that they undergo a chemical transformation (e.g., cleavage) when present in certain physiological conditions. Mammalian intracellular conditions include chemical conditions such as pH, temperature, oxidative or reductive conditions or agents, and salt concentration found in or analogous to those encountered in mammalian cells. Mammalian intracellular conditions also include the presence of enzymatic activity normally present in a mammalian cell such as from proteolytic or hydrolytic enzymes. In some embodiments, the cleavable linker is susceptible to nuclease(s) which may for example, be expressed in the target cell—and as such, as detailed herein, the linker may be a short region (e.g. 1-10) phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as DNA nucleosides.
  • Chemical transformation (cleavage of the labile bond) may be initiated by the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable agent to the cell or may occur spontaneously when a molecule containing the labile bond reaches an appropriate intra- and/or extra-cellular environment. For example, a pH labile bond may be cleaved when the molecule enters an acidified endosome. Thus, a pH labile bond may be considered to be an endosomal cleavable bond. Enzyme cleavable bonds may be cleaved when exposed to enzymes such as those present in an endosome or lysosome or in the cytoplasm. A disulfide bond may be cleaved when the molecule enters the more reducing environment of the cell cytoplasm. Thus, a disulfide may be considered to be a cytoplasmic cleavable bond. As used herein, a pH-labile bond is a labile bond that is selectively broken under acidic conditions (pH<7). Such bonds may also be termed endosomally labile bonds, since cell endosomes and lysosomes have a pH less than 7.
  • Oligomer Linked Biocleavable Conjugates
  • The oligomeric compound may optionally, comprise a second region (region B) which is positioned between the oligomer (referred to as region A) and the conjugate (referred to as region C). Region B may be a linker such as a cleavable linker (also referred to as a physiologically labile linkage). (see Example 7)
  • Nuclease Susceptible Physiological Labile Linkages: In some embodiments, the oligomer (also referred to as oligomeric compound) of the invention (or conjugate) comprises three regions:
      • iv) a first region (region A), which comprises 10-18 contiguous nucleotides;
      • v) a second region (region B) which comprises a biocleavable linker
      • vi) a third region (C) which comprises a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety, an activation moiety, wherein the third region is covalent linked to the second region.
  • In some embodiments, region B may be a phosphate nucleotide linker. For example such linkers may be used when the conjugate is a lipophilic conjugate, such as a lipid, a fatty acid, sterol, such as cholesterol or tocopherol. Phosphate nucleotide linkers may also be used for other conjugates, for example carbohydrate conjugates, such as GalNac.
  • Peptide Linkers
  • In some embodiments, the biocleavable linker (region B) is a peptide, such as a trilysine peptide linker which may be used in a polyGalNac conjugate, such a triGalNac conjugate. Other linkers known in the art which may be used, include disulfide linkers.
  • Phosphate Nucleotide Linkers
  • In some embodiments, region B comprises between 1-6 nucleotides, which is covalently linked to the 5′ or 3′ nucleotide of the first region, such as via a internucleoside linkage group such as a phosphodiester linkage, wherein either
      • a. the internucleoside linkage between the first and second region is a phosphodiester linkage and the nucleoside of the second region [such as immediately] adjacent to the first region is either DNA or RNA; and/or
      • b. at least 1 nucleoside of the second region is a phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside;
  • In some embodiments, region A and region B form a single contiguous nucleotide sequence of 12-22 nucleotides in length.
  • In some aspects the internucleoside linkage between the first and second regions may be considered part of the second region.
  • In some embodiments, there is a phosphorus containing linkage group between the second and third region. The phosphorus linkage group, may, for example, be a phosphate (phosphodiester), a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate or a boranophosphate group. In some embodiments, this phosphorus containing linkage group is positioned between the second region and a linker region which is attached to the third region. In some embodiments, the phosphate group is a phosphodiester.
  • Therefore, in some aspects the oligomeric compound comprises at least two phosphodiester groups, wherein at least one is as according to the above statement of invention, and the other is positioned between the second and third regions, optionally between a linker group and the second region.
  • In some embodiments, the third region is an activation group, such as an activation group for use in conjugation. In this respect, the invention also provides activated oligomers comprising region A and B and a activation group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation.
  • In some embodiments, the third region is a reactive group, such as a reactive group for use in conjugation. In this respect, the invention also provides oligomers comprising region A and B and a reactive group, e.g an intermediate which is suitable for subsequent linking to the third region, such as suitable for conjugation. The reactive group may, in some embodiments comprise an amine of alcohol group, such as an amine group.
  • In some embodiments region A comprises at least one, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or 21 internucleoside linkages other than phosphodiester, such as internucleoside linkages which are (optionally independently] selected from the group consisting of phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, and boranophosphate, and methylphosphonate, such as phosphorothioate. In some embodiments region A comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage. In some embodiments at least 50%, such as at least 75%, such as at least 90% of the internucleoside linkages, such as all the internucleoside linkages within region A are other than phosphodiester, for example are phosphorothioate linkages. In some embodiments, all the internucleoside linkages in region A are other than phosphodiester.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate. The antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region. In this respect, in some embodiments, region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • Alternatively stated, in some embodiments, the invention provides a non-phosphodiester linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide, such as an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate. The antisense oligonucleotide may be or may comprise the first region, and optionally the second region. In this respect, in some embodiments, region B may form part of a contiguous nucleobase sequence which is complementary to the (nucleic acid) target. In other embodiments, region B may lack complementarity to the target.
  • In some embodiments, at least two consecutive nucleosides of the second region are DNA nucleosides (such as at least 3 or 4 or 5 consecutive DNA nucleotides).
  • In such an embodiment, the oligonucleotide of the invention may be described according to the following formula:

  • 5′-A-PO-B [Y)X-3′ or 3′-A-PO-B [Y)X-5′
  • wherein A is region A, PO is a phosphodiester linkage, B is region B, Y is an optional linkage group, and X is a conjugate, a targeting, a blocking group or a reactive or activation group.
  • In some embodiments, region B comprises 3′-5′ or 5′-3′: i) a phosphodiester linkage to the 5′ nucleoside of region A, ii) a DNA or RNA nucleoside, such as a DNA nucleoside, and iii) a further phosphodiester linkage

  • 5′-A-PO-B-PO-3′ or 3′-A-PO-B-PO-5′
  • The further phosphodiester linkage link the region B nucleoside with one or more further nucleoside, such as one or more DNA or RNA nucleosides, or may link to X (is a conjugate, a targeting or a blocking group or a reactive or activation group) optionally via a linkage group (Y).
  • In some embodiments, region B comprises 3′-5′ or 5′-3′: i) a phosphodiester linkage to the 5′ nucleoside of region A, ii) between 2-10 DNA or RNA phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as a DNA nucleoside, and optionally iii) a further phosphodiester linkage:

  • 5′-A-[PO-B]n-[Y]-X 3′ or 3′-A-[PO-B]n-[Y]-X 5′

  • 5′-A-[PO-B]n-PO-[Y]-X 3′ or 3′-A-[PO-B]n-PO-[Y]-X 5′
  • Wherein A represent region A, [PO-B]n represents region B, wherein n is 1-10, such as 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, PO is an optional phosphodiester linkage group between region B and X (or Y if present).
  • In some embodiments the invention provides compounds according to (or comprising) one of the following formula:

  • 5′ [Region A]-PO-[region B] 3′-Y-X

  • 5′ [Region A]-PO-[region B]-PO 3′-Y-X

  • 5′ [Region A]-PO-[region B] 3′-X

  • 5′ [Region A]-PO-[region B]-PO 3′-X

  • 3′ [Region A]-PO-[region B] 5′-Y-X

  • 3′ [Region A]-PO-[region B]-PO 5′-Y-X

  • 3′ [Region A]-PO-[region B] 5′-X

  • 3′ [Region A]-PO-[region B]-PO 5′-X
  • Region B, may for example comprise or consist of:

  • 5′ DNA3′

  • 3′ DNA 5′

  • 5′ DNA-PO-DNA-3′

  • 3′ DNA-PO-DNA-5′

  • 5′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 3′

  • 3′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 5′

  • 5′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 3′

  • 3′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 5′

  • 5′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 3′

  • 3′ DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA-PO-DNA 5′
  • It should be recognized that phosphate linked biocleavable linkers may employ nucleosides other than DNA and RNA. Bio cleavable nucleotide linkers may, for example, be identified using the assays in Example 7.
  • In some embodiments, the compound of the invention comprises a biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, Nuclease Susceptible Physiological Labile Linkages, or nuclease susceptible linker), for example the phosphate nucleotide linker (such as region B) or a peptide linker, which joins the oligomer (or contiguous nucleotide sequence or region A), to a conjugate moiety (or region C).
  • The susceptibility to cleavage in the assays shown in Example 7 can be used to determine whether a linker is biocleavable or physiologically labile.
  • Biocleavable linkers according to the present invention refers to linkers which are susceptible to cleavage in a target tissue (i.e. physiologically labile), for example liver and/or kidney. It is preferred that the cleavage rate seen in the target tissue is greater than that found in blood serum. Suitable methods for determining the level (%) of cleavage in tissue (e.g. liver or kidney) and in serum are found in example 6. In some embodiments, the biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker), such as region B, in a compound of the invention, are at least about 20% cleaved, such as at least about 30% cleaved, such as at least about 40% cleaved, such as at least about 50% cleaved, such as at least about 60% cleaved, such as at least about 70% cleaved, such as at least about 75% cleaved, in the liver or kidney homogenate assay of Example 7. In some embodiments, the cleavage (%) in serum, as used in the assay in Example 7, is less than about 30%, is less than about 20%, such as less than about 10%, such as less than 5%, such as less than about 1%.
  • In some embodiments, which may be the same of different, the biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker), such as region B, in a compound of the invention, are susceptible to S1 nuclease cleavage. Susceptibility to S1 cleavage may be evaluated using the S1 nuclease assay shown in Example 7. In some embodiments, the biocleavable linker (also referred to as the physiologically labile linker, or nuclease susceptible linker), such as region B, in a compound of the invention, are at least about 30% cleaved, such as at least about 40% cleaved, such as at least about 50% cleaved, such as at least about 60% cleaved, such as at least about 70% cleaved, such as at least about 80% cleaved, such as at least about 90% cleaved, such as at least 95% cleaved after 120 min incubation with S1 nuclease according to the assay used in Example 7.
  • Sequence Selection in the Second Region:
  • In some embodiments, region B does not form a complementary sequence when the oligonucleotide region A and B is aligned to the complementary target sequence.
  • In some embodiments, region B does form a complementary sequence when the oligonucleotide region A and B is aligned to the complementary target sequence. In this respect region A and B together may form a single contiguous sequence which is complementary to the target sequence.
  • In some embodiments, the sequence of bases in region B is selected to provide an optimal endonuclease cleavage site, based upon the predominant endonuclease cleavage enzymes present in the target tissue or cell or sub-cellular compartment. In this respect, by isolating cell extracts from target tissues and non-target tissues, endonuclease cleavage sequences for use in region B may be selected based upon a preferential cleavage activity in the desired target cell (e.g. liver/hepatocytes) as compared to a non-target cell (e.g. kidney). In this respect, the potency of the compound for target down-regulation may be optimized for the desired tissue/cell.
  • In some embodiments region B comprises a dinucleotide of sequence AA, AT, AC, AG, TA, TT, TC, TG, CA, CT, CC, CG, GA, GT, GC, or GG, wherein C may be 5-methylcysteine, and/or T may be replaced with U. In some embodiments region B comprises a trinucleotide of sequence AAA, AAT, AAC, AAG, ATA, ATT, ATC, ATG, ACA, ACT, ACC, ACG, AGA, AGT, AGC, AGG, TAA, TAT, TAC, TAG, TTA, TTT, TTC, TAG, TCA, TCT, TCC, TCG, TGA, TGT, TGC, TGG, CAA, CAT, CAC, CAG, CTA, CTG, CTC, CTT, CCA, CCT, CCC, CCG, CGA, CGT, CGC, CGG, GAA, GAT, GAC, CAG, GTA, GTT, GTC, GTG, GCA, GCT, GCC, GCG, GGA, GGT, GGC, and GGG wherein C may be 5-methylcysteine and/or T may be replaced with U. In some embodiments region B comprises a trinucleotide of sequence AAAX, AATX, AACX, AAGX, ATAX, ATTX, ATCX, ATGX, ACAX, ACTX, ACCX, ACGX, AGAX, AGTX, AGCX, AGGX, TAAX, TATX, TACX, TAGX, TTAX, TTTX, TTCX, TAGX, TCAX, TCTX, TCCX, TCGX, TGAX, TGTX, TGCX, TGGX, CAAX, GATX, CALX, CAGX, CTAX, CTGX, CTCX, CTTX, COAX, CCTX, CCCX, CCGX, CGAX, CGTX, CGCX, CGGX, GAAX, GATX, GACX, CAGX, GTAX, GTTX, GTCX, GTGX, GCAX, GCTX, GCCX, GCGX, GGAX, GGTX, GGCX, and GGGX, wherein X may be selected from the group consisting of A, T, U, G, C and analogues thereof, wherein C may be 5-methylcysteine and/or T may be replaced with U. It will be recognised that when referring to (naturally occurring) nucleobases A, T, U, G, C, these may be substituted with nucleobase analogues which function as the equivalent natural nucleobase (e.g. base pair with the complementary nucleoside).
  • Amino Alkyl Intermediates
  • The invention further provides for the LNA oligomer intermediates which comprise an antisense LNA oligomer which comprises an (e.g. terminal, 5′ or 3′) amino alkyl, such as a C2-C36 amino alkyl group, including, for example C6 and C12 amino alkyl groups. The amino alkyl group may be added to the LNA oligomer as part of standard oligonucleotide synthesis, for example using a (e.g. protected) amino alkyl phosphoramidite. The linkage group between the amino alkyl and the LNA oligomer may for example be a phosphorothioate or a phosphodiester, or one of the other nucleoside linkage groups referred to herein, for example. The amino alkyl group may be covalently linked to, for example, the 5′ or 3′ of the LNA oligomer, such as by the nucleoside linkage group, such as phosphorothioate or phosphodiester linkage.
  • The invention also provides a method of synthesis of the LNA oligomer comprising the sequential synthesis of the LNA oligomer, such as solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis, comprising the step of adding a amino alkyl group to the oligomer, such as e.g. during the first or last round of oligonucleotide synthesis. The method of synthesis my further comprise the step of reacting the a conjugate to the amino alkyl-LNA oligomer (the conjugation step). The a conjugate may comprise suitable linkers and/or branch point groups, and optionally further conjugate groups, such as hydrophobic or lipophilic groups, as described herein. The conjugation step may be performed whilst the oligomer is bound to the solid support (e.g. after oligonucleotide synthesis, but prior to elution of the oligomer from the solid support), or subsequently (i.e. after elution). The invention provides for the use of an amino alkyl linker in the synthesis of the oligomer of the invention.
  • Method of Manufacture/Synthesis
  • The invention provides for a method of synthesizing (or manufacture) of an oligomeric compound, such as the oligomeric compound of the invention, said method comprising either:
      • a) a step of providing a [solid phase] oligonucleotide synthesis support to which one of the following is attached [third region]:
        • i) a linker group (-Y-)
        • ii) a group selected from the group consisting of a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group, a reactive group [e.g. an amine or an alcohol] or an activation group (X-)
        • iii) an -Y-X group
      • and
      • b) a step of [sequential] oligonucleotide synthesis of region B followed by region A,
        and/or:
      • c) a step of [sequential] oligonucleotide synthesis of a first region (A) and a second region (B), wherein the synthesis step is followed by
      • d) a step of adding a third region [phosphoramidite comprising]
        • i) a linker group (-Y-)
        • ii) a group selected from the group consisting of a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group, a reactive group [e.g. an amine or an alcohol] or an activation group (X-)
        • iii) an -Y-X group
          followed by
      • e) the cleavage of the oligomeric compound from the [solid phase] support
        wherein, optionally said method further comprises a further step selected from:
      • f) wherein the third group is an activation group, the step of activating the activation group to produce a reactive group, followed by adding a conjugate, a blocking, or targeting group to the reactive group, optionally via a linker group (Y);
      • g) wherein the third region is a reactive group, the step of adding a conjugate, a blocking, or targeting group to the reactive group, optionally via a linker group (Y).
      • h) wherein the third region is a linker group (Y), the step of adding a conjugate, a blocking, or targeting group to the linker group (Y)
  • wherein steps f), g) or h) are performed either prior to or subsequent to cleavage of the oligomeric compound from the oligonucleotide synthesis support. In some embodiments, the method may be performed using standard phosphoramidite chemistry, and as such the region X and/or region X or region X and Y may be provided, prior to incorporation into the oligomer, as a phosphoramidite. Please see FIGS. 5-10 which illustrate non-limiting aspects of the method of the invention.
  • The invention provides for a method of synthesizing (or manufacture) of an oligomeric compound, such as the oligomeric compound of the invention, said method comprising a step of [sequential] oligonucleotide synthesis of a first region (A) and optionally a second region (B), wherein the synthesis step is followed by a step of adding a third region [phosphoramidite comprising] region X (also referred to as region C) or Y, such as a region comprising a group selected from the group consisting of a conjugate, a targeting group, a blocking group, a functional group, a reactive group [e.g. an amine or an alcohol] or an activation group (X), or an -Y-X group followed by the cleavage of the oligomeric compound from the [solid phase] support.
  • It is however recognized that the region X or X-Y may be added after the cleavage from the solid support. Alternatively, the method of synthesis may comprise the steps of synthesizing a first (A), and optionally second region (B), followed by the cleavage of the oligomer from the support, with a subsequent step of adding a third region, such as X or X-Y group to the oligomer. The addition of the third region may be achieved, by example, by adding an amino phosphoramidite unit in the final step of oligomer synthesis (on the support), which can, after cleavage from the support, be used to join to the X or X-Y group, optionally via an activation group on the X or Y (when present) group. In the embodiments where the cleavable linker is not a nucleotide region, region B may be a non-nucleotide cleavable linker for example a peptide linker, which may form part of region X (also referred to as region C) or be region Y (or part thereof).
  • In some embodiments of the method, region X (such as C) or (X-Y), such as the conjugate (e.g. a GalNAc conjugate) comprises an activation group, (an activated functional group) and in the method of synthesis the activated conjugate (or region x, or X-Y) is added to the first and second regions, such as an amino linked oligomer. The amino group may be added to the oligomer by standard phosphoramidite chemistry, for example as the final step of oligomer synthesis (which typically will result in amino group at the 5′ end of the oligomer).
  • For example during the last step of the oligonucleotide synthesis a protected amino-alkyl phosphoramidite is used, for example a TFA-aminoC6 phosphoramidite (6-(Trifluoroacetylamino)-hexyl-(2-cyanoethyl)-(N,N-diisopropyl)-phosphoramidite). Region X (or region C as referred to herein), such as the conjugate (e.g. a GalNac conjugate) may be activated via NHS ester method and then the aminolinked oligomer is added. For example a N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) may be used as activating group for region X (or region C, such as a conjugate, such as a GalNac conjugate moiety. The invention provides an oligomer prepared by the method of the invention.
  • In some embodiments, region X and/or region X or region X and Y may be covalently joined (linked) to region B via a phosphate nucleoside linkage, such as those described herein, including phosphodiester or phosphorothioate, or via an alternative group, such as a triazol group.
  • In some embodiments, the internucleoside linkage between the first and second region is a phosphodiester linked to the first (or only) DNA or RNA nucleoside of the second region, or region B comprises at least one phosphodiester linked DNA or RNA nucleoside.
  • The second region may, in some embodiments, comprise further DNA or RNA nucleosides which may be phosphodiester linked. The second region is further covalently linked to a third region which may, for example, be a conjugate, a targeting group a reactive group, and/or a blocking group.
  • In some aspects, the present invention is based upon the provision of a labile region, the second region, linking the first region, e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide, and a conjugate or functional group, e.g. a targeting or blocking group. The labile region comprises at least one phosphodiester linked nucleoside, such as a DNA or RNA nucleoside, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9 or 10 phosphodiester linked nucleosides, such as DNA or RNA. In some embodiments, the oligomeric compound comprises a cleavable (labile) linker. In this respect the cleavable linker is preferably present in region B (or in some embodiments, between region A and B).
  • Alternatively stated, in some embodiments, the invention provides a non-phosphodiester linked, such as a phosphorothioate linked, oligonucleotide (e.g. an antisense oligonucleotide) which has at least one terminal (5′ and/or 3′) DNA or RNA nucleoside linked to the adjacent nucleoside of the oligonucleotide via a phosphodiester linkage, wherein the terminal DNA or RNA nucleoside is further covalently linked to a conjugate moiety, a targeting moiety or a blocking moiety, optionally via a linker moiety.
  • Compositions
  • The oligomer of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical formulations and compositions. Suitably, such compositions comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant. WO2007/031091 provides suitable and preferred pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier and adjuvants—which are hereby incorporated by reference. Suitable dosages, formulations, administration routes, compositions, dosage forms, combinations with other therapeutic agents, pro-drug formulations are also provided in WO2007/031091—which are also hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Applications
  • The oligomers of the invention may be utilized as research reagents for, for example, diagnostics, therapeutics and prophylaxis.
  • In research, such oligomers may be used to specifically inhibit the synthesis of APOB protein (typically by degrading or inhibiting the mRNA and thereby prevent protein formation) in cells and experimental animals thereby facilitating functional analysis of the target or an appraisal of its usefulness as a target for therapeutic intervention.
  • In diagnostics the oligomers may be used to detect and quantitate APOB expression in cell and tissues by northern blotting, in-situ hybridisation or similar techniques.
  • For therapeutics, an animal or a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder, which can be treated by modulating the expression of APOB is treated by administering oligomeric compounds in accordance with this invention. Further provided are methods of treating a mammal, such as treating a human, suspected of having or being prone to a disease or condition, associated with expression of APOB by administering a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of the oligomers or compositions of the invention. The oligomer, a conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is typically administered in an effective amount.
  • The invention also provides for the use of the compound or conjugate of the invention as described for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder as referred to herein, or for a method of the treatment of as a disorder as referred to herein.
  • The invention also provides for a method for treating a disorder as referred to herein said method comprising administering a compound according to the invention as herein described, and/or a conjugate according to the invention, and/or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.
  • Medical Indications
  • The oligomers and other compositions according to the invention can be used for the treatment of conditions associated with over expression or expression of mutated version of the ApoB.
  • The invention further provides use of a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition as referred to herein.
  • Generally stated, one aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating a mammal suffering from or susceptible to conditions associated with abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB, comprising administering to the mammal and therapeutically effective amount of an oligomer targeted to APOB that comprises one or more LNA units. The oligomer, a conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is typically administered in an effective amount.
  • The disease or disorder, as referred to herein, may, in some embodiments be associated with a mutation in the APOB gene or a gene whose protein product is associated with or interacts with APOB. Therefore, in some embodiments, the target mRNA is a mutated form of the APOB sequence.
  • An interesting aspect of the invention is directed to the use of an oligomer (compound) as defined herein or a conjugate as defined herein for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition as referred to herein.
  • The methods of the invention are preferably employed for treatment or prophylaxis against diseases caused by abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB.
  • Alternatively stated, In some embodiments, the invention is furthermore directed to a method for treating abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB, said method comprising administering a oligomer of the invention, or a conjugate of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a patient in need thereof.
  • The invention also relates to an oligomer, a composition or a conjugate as defined herein for use as a medicament.
  • The invention further relates to use of a compound, composition, or a conjugate as defined herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of abnormal levels and/or activity of APOB or expression of mutant forms of APOB (such as allelic variants, such as those associated with one of the diseases referred to herein).
  • Moreover, the invention relates to a method of treating a subject suffering from a disease or condition such as those referred to herein.
  • A patient who is in need of treatment is a patient suffering from or likely to suffer from the disease or disorder.
  • In some embodiments, the term ‘treatment’ as used herein refers to both treatment of an existing disease (e.g. a disease or disorder as herein referred to), or prevention of a disease, i.e. prophylaxis. It will therefore be recognised that treatment as referred to herein may, In some embodiments, be prophylactic.
  • In one embodiment, the invention relates to compounds or compositions comprising compounds for treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders, or methods of treatment using such compounds or compositions for treating hypercholesterolemia and related disorders, wherein the term “related disorders” when referring to hypercholesterolemia refers to one or more of the conditions selected from the group consisting of: atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, familiar hypercholesterolemia e.g. gain of function mutations in APOB, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Oligonucleotides
  • ApoB Targeting Compounds
  • Oligonucleotide Sequence Motifs
  • (SEQ ID NO 1)
    GCATTGGTATTCA
    (SEQ ID NO 2)
    GTTGACACTGTC
  • SEQ Cleavable
    ID Seq (5′-3′) Linker Region C-
    # NO (Region A) (Region B) Conjugate
    #
    1 3 GCattggtatTCA no no
    #2 4 GCattggtatTCA no Cholesterol
    #
    3 5 GCattggtatTCA SS Cholesterol
    #
    4 6 GCattggtatTCA 3PO-DNA Cholesterol
    (5′tca3′)
    #5 7 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA Cholesterol
    (5′ca3′)
    #6 8 GCattggtatTCA 1PO-DNA Cholesterol
    (5′a3′)
  • ApoB Targeting Compounds with FAM Label Conjugates
  • SEQ Seq Cleavable Conjugate
    ID (5′-3′) linker (B) (C)
     9 GCattggtatTCA 3PO-DNA FAM
    (5′tca3′)
    10 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA FAM
    (5′ca3′)
    11 GCattggtatTCA 1PO-DNA FAM
    (5′a3′)
    12 GCattggtatTCA 3PO-DNA FAM
    (5′gac3′)
    13 GCattggtatTCA no FAM
  • SEQ
    ID Seq Cleavable
    NO (5′-3′) Linker (B) Conjugate
    14 GCattggtatTCA no Folic acid
    15 GCattggtatTCA SS Folic acid
    16 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA Folic acid
    (5′ca3′)
    17 GCattggtatTCA no monoGalNAc
    18 GCattggtatTCA SS monoGalNAc
    19 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA monoGalNAc
    (5′ca3′)
    20 GCattggtatTCA GalNAc cluster
    Conj2a
    21 GCattggtatTCA no FAM
    22 GCattggtatTCA SS FAM
    23 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA FAM
    (5′ca3′)
    24 GCattggtatTCA no Tocopherol
    25 GCattggtatTCA SS Tocopherol
    26 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA Tocopherol
    (5′ca3′)
    30 GCattggtatTCA GalNAc cluster
    Conj1a
  • Seq Cleavable
    SEQ ID NO (5′-3′) Linker (B)
     7 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA Cholesterol
    (5′ca3′)
    20 GCattggtatTCA GalNAc cluster
    Conj2a
    28 GTtgacactgTC 2PO-DNA Cholesterol
    (5′ca3′)
    29 GTtgacactgTC GalNAc cluster
    Conj2a
    31 GTtgacactgTC GalNAc cluster
    Conj1a
  • Mouse Experiments: Unless otherwise specified, the mouse experiments may be performed as follows:
  • Dose Administration and Sampling:
  • 7-10 week old C57Bl6-N mice were used, animals were age and sex matched (females for study 1, 2 and 4, males in study 3). Compounds were injected i.v. into the tail vein. For intermediate serum sampling, 2-3 drops of blood were collected by puncture of the vena facialis, final bleeds were taken from the vena cava inferior. Serum was collected in gel-containing serum-separation tubes (Greiner) and kept frozen until analysis.
  • C57BL6 mice were dosed i.v. with a single dose of 1 mg/kg ASO (or amount shown) formulated in saline or saline alone according to the information shown. Animals were sacrificed at e.g. day 4 or 7 (or time shown) after dosing and liver and kidney were sampled. RNA isolation and mRNA analysis: mRNA analysis from tissue was performed using the Qantigene mRNA quantification kit (“bDNA-assay”, Panomics/Affimetrix), following the manufacturers protocol. For tissue lysates, 50-80 mg of tissue was lysed by sonication in 1 ml lysis-buffer containing Proteinase K. Lysates were used directly for bDNA-assay without RNA extraction. Probesets for the target and GAPDH were obtained custom designed from Panomics. For analysis, luminescence units obtained for target genes were normalized to the housekeeper GAPDH.
  • Serum analysis for ALT, AST and cholesterol was performed on the “Cobas INTEGRA 400 plus” clinical chemistry platform (Roche Diagnostics), using 10 μl of serum.
  • For quantification of Factor VII serum levels, the BIOPHEN FVII enzyme activity kit (#221304, Hyphen BioMed) was used according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • For oligonucleotide quantification, a fluorescently-labeled PNA probe is hybridized to the oligo of interest in the tissue lysate. The same lysates are used as for bDNA-assays, just with exactly weighted amounts of tissue. The heteroduplex is quantified using AEX-HPLC and fluorescent detection.
  • Example 1 Synthesis of Compounds
  • Oligonucleotides were synthesized on uridine universal supports using the phosphoramidite approach on an Expedite 8900/MOSS synthesizer (Multiple Oligonucleotide Synthesis System) at 4 μmol scale. At the end of the synthesis, the oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support using aqueous ammonia for 1-2 hours at room temperature, and further deprotected for 16 hours at 65° C. The oligonucleotides were purified by reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC) and characterized by UPLC, and the molecular mass was further confirmed by ESI-MS. See below for more details.
  • Elongation of the Oligonucleotide
  • The coupling of β-cyanoethyl-phosphoramidites (DNA-A(Bz), DNA-G(ibu), DNA-C(Bz), DNA-T, LNA-5-methyl-C(Bz), LNA-A(Bz), LNA-G(dmf), LNA-T or C6-S—S linker) is performed by using a solution of 0.1 M of the 5′-O-DMT-protected amidite in acetonitrile and DCI (4,5-dicyanoimidazole) in acetonitrile (0.25 M) as activator. For the final cycle a commercially available C6-linked cholesterol phosphoramidite was used at 0.1 M in DCM. Thiolation for introduction of phosphorthioate linkages is carried out by using xanthane hydride (0.01 M in acetonitrile/pyridine 9:1). Phosphordiester linkages are introduced using 0.02 M iodine in THF/Pyridine/water 7:2:1. The rest of the reagents are the ones typically used for oligonucleotide synthesis. For post solid phase synthesis conjugation a commercially available C6 aminolinker phorphoramidite was used in the last cycle of the solid phase synthesis and after deprotection and cleavage from the solid support the aminolinked deprotected oligonucleotide was isolated. The conjugates was introduced via activation of the functional group using standard synthesis methods.
  • Purification by RP-HPLC:
  • The crude compounds were purified by preparative RP-HPLC on a Phenomenex Jupiter C18 10μ 150×10 mm column. 0.1 M ammonium acetate pH 8 and acetonitrile was used as buffers at a flowrate of 5 mL/min. The collected fractions were lyophilized to give the purified compound typically as a white solid.
  • Abbreviations:
  • DCI: 4,5-Dicyanoimidazole
  • DCM: Dichloromethane
  • DMF: Dimethylformamide
  • DMT: 4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl
  • THF: Tetrahydrofurane
  • Bz: Benzoyl
  • Ibu: Isobutyryl
  • RP-HPLC: Reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography
  • Example 2 Design of LNA Antisense Oligonucleotides
  • Oligomers used in the examples and figures. The SEQ# is an identifier used throughout the examples and figures
  • Comp′ID
    (SEQ ID) Compound Sequence Comment
    GCATTGGTATTCA Nucleobase
    (SEQ ID NO 1) sequence
    GTTGACACTGTC Nucleobase
    (SEQ ID NO 2) sequence
    #1 (3) 5′- G s om C s o as ts ts gs gs No
    ts as tsT s om C s oA o -3′ conjugate
    #2 (4) 5′- CHOL G s om C s o as ts ts gs Chol-
    gs ts as tsT s om C s oA o -3′ Compound
    #3 (5) 5′- Chol_C6 C6SSC6 G s om C s o Chol-
    as ts ts gs gs ts as tsT s o SS-#1
    m C s oA o -3′
    #4 (6) 5′- Chol_C6 t c a G s om C s o Chol-
    as ts ts gs gs ts as tsT s o 3PO-#1
    m C s oA o -3′
    #5 (7) 5′- Chol_C6 c a G s om C s o Chol-
    as ts ts gs gs ts as tsT s o 2PO-#1
    m C s oA o -3′
  • Example 3 Knock Down of ApoB mRNA with Cholesterol-Conjugates in Vivo
  • C57BL6/J mice were injected with a single dose saline or 1 mg/kg unconjugated LNA-antisense oligonucleotide (#3) or equimolar amounts of LNA antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to Cholesterol with different linkers and sacrificed at days 1-10 according to the table below. RNA was isolated from liver and kidney and subjected to qPCR with ApoB specific primers and probe to analyse for ApoB mRNA knockdown.
  • Conclusions: Cholesterol conjugated to an ApoB LNA antisense oligonucleotide with a linker composed of 2 or 3 DNA with Phosphodiester-backbone (Seq #4 and 5) showed a preference for liver specific knock down of ApoB (FIG. 11). This means increases efficiency and duration of ApoB mRNA knock down in liver tissue compared to the unconjugated compound (Seq #3), as well as compared to Cholesterol conjugates with stable linker (Seq #4) and with disulphide linker (Seq. #5) and concomitant less knock down activity of Seq #6 and #7 in kidney tissue.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • Experimental Design:
  • Compound Conc. at
    Animal No. of Animal strain/ Dose level dose vol. Body
    Gr. no. ID no. animals gender/feed per day 10 ml/kg weight Sacrifice
    A 1 1-4 4 C57BL/6J- NaCl 0.9% Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow and 10
    2 5-8 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 3  0.1 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow 1 mg/kg and 10
    3  9-12 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 4 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg and 10
    4 13-16 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 5 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg and 10
    5 17-20 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 6 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg and 10
    6 21-24 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 7 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 10
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg and 10
    B 7 25-28 4 C57BL/6J- NaCl 0.9% Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow
    8 29-32 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 3  0.1 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow 1 mg/kg
    9 33-36 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 4 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    10 37-40 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 5 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    11 41-44 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 6 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
    12 45-48 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 7 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 7 Day 7
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
    C 13 49-52 4 C57BL/6J- NaCl 0.9% Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow
    14 53-56 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 3  0.1 mg/ml Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow 1 mg/kg
    15 57-60 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 4 0.12 mg/ml Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    16 61-64 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 5 0.12 mg/ml Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    17 65-68 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 6 0.13 mg/ml Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
    18 69-72 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 7 0.13 mg/ml Day 0, 3 Day 3
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
    D 19 73-76 4 C57BL/6J- NaCl 0.9% Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow
    20 77-80 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 3  0.1 mg/ml Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow 1 mg/kg
    21 81-84 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 4 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    22 85-88 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 5 0.12 mg/ml Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow 1.2 mg/kg
    23 89-92 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 6 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
    24 93-96 4 C57BL/6J- SEQ ID 7 0.13 mg/ml Day −1, 1 Day 1
    ♀- Chow 1.3 mg/kg
  • Dose administration. C57BL/6JBom female animals, app. 20 g at arrival, were dosed with 10 ml per kg BW (according to day 0 bodyweight) i.v. of the compound formulated in saline or saline alone according to the above table.
  • Sampling of liver and kidney tissue. The animals were anaesthetised with 70% CO2-30% O2 and sacrificed by cervical dislocation according to the table above. One half of the large liver lobe and one kidney were minced and submerged in RNAlater.
  • Total RNA Isolation and First strand synthesis. Total RNA was extracted from maximum 30 mg of tissue homogenized by bead-milling in the presence of RLT-Lysis buffer using the Qiagen RNeasy kit (Qiagen cat. no. 74106) according to the manufacturer's instructions. First strand synthesis was performed using Reverse Transcriptase reagents from Ambion according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • For each sample 0.5 μg total RNA was adjusted to (10.8 μl) with RNase free H2O and mixed with 2 μl random decamers (50 μM) and 4 μl dNTP mix (2.5 mM each dNTP) and heated to 70° C. for 3 min after which the samples were rapidly cooled on ice. 2 μl 10× Buffer RT, 1 μl MMLV Reverse Transcriptase (100 U/μl) and 0.25 μl RNase inhibitor (10 U/μl) were added to each sample, followed by incubation at 42° C. for 60 min, heat inactivation of the enzyme at 95° C. for 10 min and then the sample was cooled to 4° C. cDNA samples were diluted 1:5 and subjected to RT-QPCR using Taqman Fast Universal PCR Master Mix 2× (Applied Biosystems Cat #4364103) and Taqman gene expression assay (mApoB, Mn01545150_m1 and mGAPDH #4352339E) following the manufacturers protocol and processed in an Applied Biosystems RT-qPCR instrument (7500/7900 or ViiA7) in fast mode.
  • Example 4 In Vivo Silencing of ApoB mRNA with Different Conjugates
  • To explore the impact of different conjugation moieties and linkers on the activity of an ApoB compound, Seq ID #3 was conjugated to either monoGalNAc, Folic acid, FAM or Tocopherol using a non-cleavable linker or biocleavable linker (Dithio (SS) or 2 DNA nucleotides with Phosphodiester backbone (PO)). Additionally the monoGalNAc was compared to a GalNAc cluster (Conjugate 2a). C57BL6In mice were treated i.v. with saline control or with a single dose of 1 or 0.25 mg/kg of ASO conjugates. After 7 days the animals were sacrificed and RNA was isolated from liver and kidney samples and analysed for ApoB mRNA expression (FIG. 15).
  • Conclusions: Tocopherol conjugated to the ApoB compound with a DNA/PO-linker (#26) increased ApoB knock down in the liver compared to the unconjugated ApoB compound (#3) while decreasing activity in kidney (compare FIGS. 15A and B). This points towards an ability of the Tocopherol to redirect the ApoB compound from kidney to liver. The non-cleavable (#24) and SS-linker (#25) were inactive in both tissues. Mono-GalNAc conjugates with a non-cleavable (#17) and with bio-cleavable DNA/PO linker (#19) show a tendency to preserve the activity of the unconjugated compound (#3) in kidney while improving activity in the Liver. Introduction of a SS-linker decreased activity in both tissues (compare FIGS. 15A and B). Conjugation of different GalNAc conjugates e.g. mono GalNAcPO (#19) and a GalNAc cluster (#20) also allows fine tuning of the compound activity with focus on either liver or kidney (FIG. 15C). Folic acid and FAM conjugates with the cleavable DNA/PO-linker (SEQ ID Nos16 and 23) behave comparable to the unconjugated compound (3). Here as well the introduction of a non-cleavable (14 and 21) or SS-linker (15 and 22) decreases compound activity in both tissues (compare FIGS. 15 a and 15 b).
  • Materials and Methods:
  • Experimental Design:
  • Animals Animal strain/ Compound Dose Adm. Dosing Sacrifice
    Gr. no. per group gender/feed Seq ID # mg/kg Route Day Day
    1 5 C57BL6  3 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    2 5 C57BL6 14 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    3 5 C57BL6 15 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    4 5 C57BL6 16 1 i.v.. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    5 5 C57BL6 17 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    6 5 C57BL6 18 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    7 5 C57BL6 19 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    8 5 C57BL6 19 0.25 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    9 5 C57BL6 20 0.25 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    10 5 C57BL6 NaCl 0.9% i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    1 5 C57BL6  1 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    2 5 C57BL6 31 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    3 5 C57BL6 32 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    4 5 C57BL6 33 1 i.v.. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    5 5 C57BL6 34 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    6 5 C57BL6 35 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    7 5 C57BL6 36 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
    8 5 C57BL6 NaCl 0.9% 1 i.v. 0 7
    ♀- Chow
  • Dose administration and sampling. C57BL6 mice were dosed i.v. with a single dose of 1 mg/kg or 0.25 mg/kg ASO formulated in saline or saline alone according to the above table. Animals were sacrificed at day 7 after dosing and liver and kidney were sampled. RNA isolation and mRNA analysis. Total RNA was extracted from liver and kidney samples and ApoB mRNA levels were analysed using a branched DNA assay
  • Example 5 Non-Human Primate Study
  • The primary objective for this study is to investigate selected lipid markers over 7 weeks after a single slow bolus injection of anti-ApoB LNA conjugated compounds to cynomolgus monkeys and assess the potential toxicity of compounds in monkey. The compounds used in this study are SEQ ID NOs 7, 20, 28 & 29, prepared in sterile saline (0.9%) at an initial concentration of 0.625 and 2.5 mg/ml).
  • Female monkeys of at least 24 months old are used, and given free access to tap water and 180 g of OWM(E) SQC SHORT expanded diet (Dietex France, SDS, Saint Gratien, France) will be distributed daily per animal. The total quantity of food distributed in each cage will be calculated according to the number of animals in the cage on that day. In addition, fruit or vegetables will be given daily to each animal. The animals will be acclimated to the study conditions for a period of at least 14 days before the beginning of the treatment period. During this period, pre-treatment investigations will be performed. The animals are dosed i.v. at a dose if, for example, 0.25 mg/kg or 1 mg/kg. The dose volume will be 0.4 mL/kg. 2 animals are used per group. After three weeks, the data will be analyzed and a second group of animals using a higher or lower dosing regimen may be initiated—preliminary dose setting is 0.5 mg/kg and 1 mg/kg, or lower than that based on the first data set.
  • The dose formulations will be administered once on Day 1. Animals will be observed for a period of 7 weeks following treatment, and will be released from the study on Day 51. Day 1 corresponds to the first day of the treatment period. Clinical observations and body weight and food intake (per group) will be recorded prior to and during the study.
  • Blood is sampled and analysis at the following time points:
  • Study Day Parameters
    −8 RCP, L, Apo-B, OA
    −1 L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    1 Dosing
    4 LSB, L, Apo-B, OA
    8 LSB, L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    15 RCP, L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    22 LSB, L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    29 L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    36 LSB, L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    43 L, PK, Apo-B, PK, OA
    50 RCP, L, Apo-B, PK, OA
    RCP
    0 routine clinical pathology,
    LSB = liver safety biochemistry,
    PK = pharmacokinetics,
    OA = other analysis,
    L = Lipids.
  • Blood Biochemistry
  • The following parameters will be determined for all surviving animals at the occasions indicated below:
      • full biochemistry panel (complete list below)—on Days-8, 15 and 50,
      • liver Safety (ASAT, ALP, ALAT, TBIL and GGT only)—on Days 4, 8, 22 and 36,
      • lipid profile (Total cholesterol, HDL-C, LDL-C and Triglycerides) and Apo-B only—on Days-1, 4, 8, 22, 29, 36, and 43.
  • Blood (approximately 1.0 mL) is taken into lithium heparin tubes (using the ADVIA 1650 blood biochemistry analyzer): Apo-B, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, inorganic phosphorus, glucose, HDL-C, LDL-C, urea, creatinine, total bilirubin (TBIL), total cholesterol, triglycerides, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), alanine aminotransferase (ALAT), aspartate aminotransferase (ASAT),creatine kinase, gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), lactate dehydrogenase, total protein, albumin, albumin/globulin ratio.
  • Analysis of blood: Blood samples for ApoB analysis will be collected from Group 1-16 animals only (i.e. animals treated with anti-PCSK9 compounds) on Days-8, -1, 4, 8, 15, 22, 29, 36, 43 and 50. Venous blood (approximately 2 mL) will be collected from an appropriate vein in each animal into a Serum Separating Tube (SST) and allowed to clot for at least 60±30 minutes at room temperature. Blood will be centrifuged at 1000 g for 10 minutes under refrigerated conditions (set to maintain +4° C.). The serum will be transferred into 3 individual tubes and stored at −80° C. until analyzed at CitoxLAB France using an ELISA method (Circulex Human PCSK9 ELISA kit, CY-8079, validated for samples from cynomolgus monkey).
  • Other Analysis: WO2010142805 provides the methods for the following analysis: qPCR, ApoB mRNA analysis. Other analysis includes ApoB protein ELISA, serum Lp(a) analysis with ELISA (Mercodia No. 10-1106-01), tissue and plasma oligonucleotide analysis (drug content), Extraction of samples, standard- and QC-samples, Oligonucleotide content determination by ELISA.
  • Example 6 Liver and Kidney Toxicity Assessment in Rat
  • Compounds of the invention can be evaluated for their toxicity profile in rodents, such as in mice or rats. By way of example the following protocol may be used: Wistar Han Crl:Wl(Han) are used at an age of approximately 8 weeks old. At this age, the males should weigh approximately 250 g. All animals have free access to SSNIFF R/M-H pelleted maintenance diet (SSNIFF Spezialdiäten GmbH, Soest, Germany) and to tap water (filtered with a 0.22 μm filter) contained in bottles. The dose level of 10 and 40 mg/kg/dose is used (sub-cutaneous administration) and dosed on days 1 and 8. The animals are euthanized on Day 15. Urine and blood samples are collected on day 7 and 14. A clinical pathology assessment is made on day 14. Body weight is determined prior to the study, on the first day of administration, and 1 week prior to necropsy. Food consumption per group will be assessed daily. Blood samples are taken via the tail vein after 6 hours of fasting. The following blood serum analysis is performed: erythrocyte count mean cell volume packed cell volume hemoglobin mean cell hemoglobin concentration mean cell hemoglobin thrombocyte count leucocyte count differential white cell count with cell morphology reticulocyte count, sodium potassium chloride calcium inorganic phosphorus glucose urea creatinine total bilirubin total cholesterol triglycerides alkaline phosphatase alanine aminotransferase aspartate aminotransferase total protein albumin albumin/globulin ratio. Urinalysis are performed α-GST, β-2 Microglobulin, Calbindin, Clusterin, Cystatin C, KIM-1, Osteopontin, TIMP-1, VEGF, and NGAL. Seven analytes (Calbindin, Clusterin, GST-α, KIM-1, Osteopontin, TIMP-1, VEGF) will be quantified under Panel 1 (MILLIPLEX® MAP Rat Kidney Toxicity Magnetic Bead Panel 1, RKTX1MAG-37K). Three analytes (β-2 Microglobulin, Cystatin C, Lipocalin-2/NGAL) will be quantified under Panel 2 (MILLIPLEX® MAP Rat Kidney Toxicity Magnetic Bead Panel 2, RKTX2MAG-37K). The assay for the determination of these biomarkers' concentration in rat urines is based on the Luminex xMAP® technology. Microspheres coated with anti-α-GST/β-2 microglobulin/calbindin/clusterin/cystacin C/KIM-1/osteopontin/TIMP-1/VEGF/NGAL antibodies are color-coded with two different fluorescent dyes. The following parameters are determined (Urine using the ADVIA 1650): Urine protein, urine creatinine. Quantitative parameters: volume, pH (using 10-Multistix SG test strips/Clinitek 500 urine analyzer), specific gravity (using a refractometer). Semi-quantitative parameters (using 10-Multistix SG test strips/Clinitek 500 urine analyzer): proteins, glucose, ketones, bilirubin, nitrites, blood, urobilinogen, cytology of sediment (by microscopic examination). Qualitative parameters: Appearance, color. After sacrifice, the body weight and kidney, liver and spleen weight are determined and organ to body weight ratio calculated. Kidney and liver samples will be taken and either frozen or stored in formalin. Microscopic analysis is performed.
  • Example 7 ApoB Targeting Compounds with FAM Label Conjugates
  • Cleavable Conjugate
    # Seq (5′-3′) linker (B) (C)
    32 GCattggtatTCA 3PO-DNA FAM
    (5′tca3′)
    33 GCattggtatTCA 2PO-DNA FAM
    (5′ca3′)
    34 GCattggtatTCA 1PO-DNA FAM
    (5′a3′)
    35 GCattggtatTCA 3PO-DNA FAM
    (5′gac3′)
    36 GCattggtatTCA no FAM
  • Capital letters are LNA nucleosides (such as beta-D-oxy LNA), lower case letters are DNA nucleosides. Subscript s represents a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages. LNA cytosines are optionally 5-methyl cytosine.
  • FAM-labelled ASOs with different DNA/PO-linkers were subjected to in vitro cleavage either in S1 nuclease extract, Liver or kidney homogenates or Serum.
  • FAM-labeled ASOs 100 μM with different DNA/PO-linkers were subjected to in vitro cleavage by S1 nuclease in nuclease buffer (60 U pr. 100 μL) for 20 and 120 minutes (see table below). The enzymatic activity was stopped by adding EDTA to the buffer solution. The solutions were then subjected to AIE HPLC analyses on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 using an Dionex DNApac p-100 column and a gradient ranging from 10 mM-1 M sodium perchlorate at pH 7.5. The content of cleaved and non cleaved oligonucleotide were determined against a standard using both a fluoresense detector at 615 nm and a uv detector at 260 nm.
  • SEQ ID Linker % % cleaved after 120 min
    NO sequence cleaved after 20 min S1 S1
    36 2 5
    34 a 29.1 100
    33 ca 40.8 100
    32 tea 74.2 100
    35 gac 22.9 n.d
  • Conclusion: The PO linkers (or region B as referred to herein) results in the conjugate (or group C) being cleaved off, and both the length and/or the sequence composition of the linker can be used to modulate susceptibility to nucleolytic cleavage of region B. The Sequence of DNA/PO-linkers can modulate the cleavage rate as seen after 20 min in Nuclease S1 extract Sequence selection for region B (e.g. for the DNA/PO-linker) can therefore also be used to modulate the level of cleavage in serum and in cells of target tissues.
  • Liver, kidney and Serum were spiked with oligonucleotide SEQ ID NO 32 to concentrations of 200 μg/g tissue (see table below). Liver and kidney samples collected from NMRI mice were homogenized in a homogenisation buffer (0.5% Igepal CA-630, 25 mM Tris pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 (adjusted with 1 N NaOH). The homogenates were incubated for 24 hours at 37° and thereafter the homogenates were extracted with phenol-chloroform. The content of cleaved and non-cleaved oligonucleotide in the extract from liver and kidney and from the serum were determined against a standard using the above HPLC method.
  • % cleaved after % cleaved after % cleaved after
    Linker 24 hrs liver 24 hrs kidney 24 hours in
    Seq ID Sequence homogenate homogenate serum
    32 tca 83 95 0
  • Conclusion: The PO linkers (or region B as referred to herein) results in cleavage of the conjugate (or group C) from the oligonucleotide in liver or kidney homogenate, but not in serum. Note: cleavage in the above assays refers to the cleavage of the cleavable linker, the oligomer or region A should remain functionally intact.
  • The susceptibility to cleavage in the assays shown in Example 7 may be used to determine whether a linker is biocleavable or physiologically labile.
  • Example 8 Knock Down of ApoB mRNA, Tissue Content, and Total Cholesterol with GalNAc-Conjugates in Vivo
  • Compounds
  • SEQ ID Seq Cleavable Conjugate 
    NO (5′-3′) (A) Linker (B) (C)
    3 GsCsaststsgsgs no no
    tsastsTsCsA
    30 GsCsaststsgsgs GalNAc cluster
    tsastsTsCsA Conj1a
    20 GsCsaststsgsgs GalNAc cluster
    tsastsTsCsA Conj2a
    7 GsCsaststsgsgs 2PO-DNA cholesterol
    tsastsTsCsA (5′ca3′)
  • Capital letters are LNA nucleosides (such as beta-D-oxy LNA), lower case letters are a DNA nucleoside. Subscript s represents a phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage (region A). LNA cytosines are optionally 5-methyl cytosine. The 2PO linker (region B) is 5′ to the sequence region A, and comprises of two DNA nucleosides linked by phosphodiester linkage, with the internucleoside linkage between the 3′ DNA nucleoside of region A and the 5′ LNA nucleoside of region A also being phosphodiester. A linkage group (Y) may be used to link the conjugate group, when present, to region B, or A ( SEQ ID NO 7, 20 and 30). C57BL6/J mice were injected either iv or sc with a single dose saline or 0.25 mg/kg unconjugated LNA-antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO3) or equimolar amounts of LNA antisense oligonucleotides conjugated to GalNAc1, GalNAc2, or cholesterol (2PO) and sacrificed at days 1-7 according to the table below (experimental design).
  • RNA was isolated from liver and kidney and subjected to qPCR with ApoB specific primers and probe to analyse for ApoB mRNA knockdown. The oligonucleotide content was measured using ELISA method and total cholesterol in serum was measured.
  • Conclusions: GalNAc1 and GalNAc2 conjugated to an ApoB LNA antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO 30 and 20) showed knock down of ApoB mRNA better than the unconjugated ApoB LNA (FIG. 16). For GalNAc 1 conjugate (SEQ ID NO 30) is seems that iv dosing is better than sc dosing which is surprising since the opposite has been reported for another GalNAc clusters (Alnylam, 8th Annual Meeting of the Oligonucleotide Therapeutics Society). The total cholesterol data show how the GalNAc cluster conjugates (SEQ ID NO 30 and 20) gives better effect than the unconjugated and the cholesterol conjugated compounds (SEQ ID NO 7) both at iv and sc administration (FIG. 17, a and b). The tissue content of the oligonucleotides (FIG. 18, a-f) shows how the conjugates enhances the uptake in liver while giving less uptake in kidney compared to the parent compound. This holds for both iv and sc administration. When dosing iv the GalNAc 1 (SEQ ID NO 30) gives very much uptake in liver when compared to GalNAc 2 (SEQ ID NO 20) but since activity is good for both compounds the GalNAc 2 conjugate appears to induce a higher specific activity than GalNAc 1 conjugate indicating that GalNAc conjugates without the pharmacokinetic modulator may be particularly useful with LNA antisense oligonucleotides.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • Experimental Design:
  • Compound Conc. at
    Group Animal No. of Animal strain/ Dose level dose vol. Adm. Dosing Sacrifice
    no. id no. Animals gender/feed per day 10 ml/kg Route day day
    1 1-3 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow Saline i.v 0 1
    2 4-6 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml i.v 0 1
    0.25 mg/kg
    3 7-9 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml s.c 0 1
    0.25 mg/kg
    4 10-12 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml i.v 0 1
    0.36 mg/kg
    5 13-15 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml s.c 0 1
    0.36 mg/kg
    6 16-18 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml i.v 0 1
    0.32 mg/kg
    7 19-21 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml s.c 0 1
    0.32 mg/kg
    8 22-24 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 20 0.034 mg/ml i.v 0 1
    0.34 mg/kg
    9 25-27 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 20 0.034 mg/ml s.c 0 1
    0.34 mg/kg
    10 28-30 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow Saline i.v 0 3
    11 31-33 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml i.v 0 3
    0.25 mg/kg
    12 34-36 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml s.c 0 3
    0.25 mg/kg
    13 37-39 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml i.v 0 3
    0.36 mg/kg
    14 40-42 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml s.c 0 3
    0.36 mg/kg
    15 43-45 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml i.v 0 3
    0.32 mg/kg
    16 46-48 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml s.c 0 3
    0.32 mg/kg
    17 49-51 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 20 0.034 mg/ml i.v 0 3
    0.34 mg/kg
    18 52-54 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 20 0.034 mg/ml s.c 0 3
    0.34 mg/kg
    19 55-57 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow Saline i.v 0 7
    20 58-60 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml i.v 0 7
    0.25 mg/kg
    21 61-63 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 3 0.025 mg/ml s.c 0 7
    0.25 mg/kg
    22 64-66 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml i.v 0 7
    0.36 mg/kg
    23 67-69 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 30 0.036 mg/ml s.c 0 7
    0.36 mg/kg
    24 70-72 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml i.v 0 7
    0.32 mg/kg
    25 73-75 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 7 0.032 mg/ml s.c 0 7
    0.32 mg/kg
    26 76-78 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 10 0.034 mg/ml i.v 0 7
    0.34 mg/kg
    27 79-81 3 C57BL/6J/♀/Chow SEQ ID NO 20 0.034 mg/ml s.c 0 7
    0.34 mg/kg
  • Dose administration. C57BL/6JBom female animals, app. 20 g at arrival, were dosed with 10 ml per kg BW (according to day 0 bodyweight) i.v. or s.c. of the compound formulated in saline or saline alone according to the table above.
  • Sampling of liver and kidney tissue. The animals were anaesthetised with 70% CO2-30% O2 and sacrificed by cervical dislocation according to the above table. One half of the large liver lobe and one kidney were minced and submerged in RNAlater. The other half of liver and the other kidney was frozen and used for tissue analysis.
  • Total RNA Isolation and First strand synthesis. Total RNA was extracted from maximum 30 mg of tissue homogenized by bead-milling in the presence of RLT-Lysis buffer using the Qiagen RNeasy kit (Qiagen cat. no. 74106) according to the manufacturer's instructions. First strand synthesis was performed using Reverse Transcriptase reagents from Ambion according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • For each sample 0.5 μg total RNA was adjusted to (10.8 μl) with RNase free H2O and mixed with 2 μl random decamers (50 μM) and 4 μl dNTP mix (2.5 mM each dNTP) and heated to 70° C. for 3 min after which the samples were rapidly cooled on ice. 2 μl 10× Buffer RT, 1 μl MMLV Reverse Transcriptase (100 U/μl) and 0.25 μl RNase inhibitor (10 U/μl) were added to each sample, followed by incubation at 42° C. for 60 min, heat inactivation of the enzyme at 95° C. for 10 min and then the sample was cooled to 4° C. cDNA samples were diluted 1:5 and subjected to RT-QPCR using Taqman Fast Universal PCR Master Mix 2× (Applied Biosystems Cat #4364103) and Taqman gene expression assay (mApoB, Mn01545150_m1 and mGAPDH #4352339E) following the manufacturers protocol and processed in an Applied Biosystems RT-qPCR instrument (7500/7900 or ViiA7) in fast mode. Oligonucleotide content in liver and kidney was measured by sandwich ELISA method.
  • Serum cholesterol analysis: Immediately before sacrifice retro-orbital sinus blood was collected using S-monovette Serum-Gel vials (Sarstedt, Nümbrecht, Germany) for serum preparation. Serum was analyzed for total cholesterol using ABX Pentra Cholesterol CP (Triolab, Brondby, Denmark) according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Claims (19)

1.-18. (canceled)
19. An antisense oligonucleotide conjugate comprising a first region of a LNA oligomer (region A—such as an LNA gapmer oligomer), targeting an ApoB nucleic acid, covalently joined to a further region (region C) comprising a conjugate moiety selected from the group consisting of an asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate and a lipophilic conjugate, wherein the lipophilic conjugate, and optionally the asialoglycoprotein receptor targeting conjugate, is joined to the LNA oligomer via biocleavable linker.
20. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the conjugate moiety (C) comprises a sterol, such as cholesterol or tocopherol, such as Conj 5 or Conj 6.
21. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the conjugate moiety (C) comprises a GalNAc (N-acetylgalactosamine) moiety, such as a trivalent GalNac moiety.
22. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the biocleavable linker comprises a peptide or polypeptide, such as a lysine linker, or physiologically labile nucleotide linker.
23. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the LNA oligomer is covalently joined to the conjugate moiety via a region of one or more phosphate linked nucleosides, such as DNA or RNA nucleosides (region B), such as a phosphodiester nucleotide linker.
24. The antisense oligomer conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the LNA oligomer is covalently joined to the conjugate moiety via a region B of 1-6 phosphate linked DNA nucleosides (region B).
25. The antisense oligomer conjugate according to claim 24, wherein region B (phosphodiester nucleotide linkage) comprises 1, 2 or 3 contiguous DNA phosphodiester nucleotides, such as two contiguous DNA phosphodiester nucleotides, such as a 5′ CA 3′ dinucleotide.
26. The antisense oligomer according to claim 28, wherein the LNA oligomer and region B form a contiguous nucleotide sequence, wherein region A is complementary to a corresponding region of the ApoB target, and region B may or may or may not be complementary to the corresponding region of the ApoB target.
27. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the conjugate moiety further comprises a linker (Y) covalently linking the conjugate moiety to either the LNA oligomer or to the region of one or more phosphate linked DNA or RNA nucleotides (region B).
28. The antisense oligomer conjugate of claim 27 wherein the linker region Y comprises a fatty acid, such as a C6 linker.
29. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the conjugate moiety comprises a trivalent GalNac moiety selected from the group consisting of Conj1, Conj2, Conj3, Conj4, Conj1a, Conj2a, Conj3a and Conj4a.
30. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, wherein the LNA oligomer comprises a contiguous nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID No 1 or SEQ ID No 2:
(3833) SEQ ID NO 1 GCattggtatTCA (4955) SEQ ID NO 2 GTtgacactgTC
Wherein capital letters represent LNA nucleosides, such as beta-D-oxy LNA, lower case letters represent DNA nucleosides, LNA cytosines are optionally 5-methyl cytosine, and all internucleoside linkages are phosphorothioate.
31. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 30, which is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 7, 20, 28 or 30.
32. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antisense oligonucleotide conjugate according to claim 19, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, salt or adjuvant.
33. The antisense oligonucleotide conjugate or pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19, for use as a medicament, such as for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
34. The use of an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate or pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD).
35. A method of treating acute coronary syndrome, or hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder, such as a disorder selected from the group consisting atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD), said method comprising administering an effective amount of an antisense oligonucleotide conjugate or pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19, to a patient suffering from, or likely to suffer from hypercholesterolemia or a related disorder.
36. An in vivo or in vitro method for the inhibition of ApoB in a cell which is expressing ApoB, said method comprising administering an oligomer or conjugate or pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19 to said cell so as to inhibit ApoB in said cell.
US14/443,369 2012-11-15 2013-11-14 Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds Abandoned US20150291958A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP12192773.5 2012-11-15
EP12192773 2012-11-15
EP13153296.2 2013-01-30
EP13153296 2013-01-30
EP13157237.2 2013-02-28
EP13157237 2013-02-28
EP13174092.0 2013-06-27
EP13174092 2013-06-27
PCT/EP2013/073859 WO2014076196A1 (en) 2012-11-15 2013-11-14 Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150291958A1 true US20150291958A1 (en) 2015-10-15

Family

ID=49584733

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/443,367 Active US10077443B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2013-11-14 Oligonucleotide conjugates
US14/443,369 Abandoned US20150291958A1 (en) 2012-11-15 2013-11-14 Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds
US15/974,086 Active US11155816B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2018-05-08 Oligonucleotide conjugates
US17/185,820 Abandoned US20210238601A1 (en) 2012-11-15 2021-02-25 Oligonucleotide Conjugates

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/443,367 Active US10077443B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2013-11-14 Oligonucleotide conjugates

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/974,086 Active US11155816B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2018-05-08 Oligonucleotide conjugates
US17/185,820 Abandoned US20210238601A1 (en) 2012-11-15 2021-02-25 Oligonucleotide Conjugates

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (4) US10077443B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2920304B1 (en)
JP (3) JP2016503300A (en)
KR (2) KR102112892B1 (en)
CN (3) CN117126846A (en)
AU (2) AU2013346767B2 (en)
BR (2) BR112015010116A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2889596C (en)
DK (2) DK2920307T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2724853T3 (en)
HK (2) HK1210213A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20190826T1 (en)
IL (2) IL238448B (en)
MX (2) MX363068B (en)
MY (1) MY173826A (en)
NZ (1) NZ708171A (en)
PL (1) PL2920304T3 (en)
RU (3) RU2653438C2 (en)
SG (2) SG11201503821YA (en)
SI (1) SI2920304T1 (en)
WO (2) WO2014076195A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201503375B (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150368642A1 (en) * 2013-01-30 2015-12-24 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Lna oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates
WO2018165541A1 (en) * 2017-03-10 2018-09-13 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Treatment of fuchs' endothelial corneal dystrophy
US10077443B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2018-09-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide conjugates
EP3732185A4 (en) * 2017-12-29 2021-11-10 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Conjugates and preparation and use thereof
US11273222B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2022-03-15 National Cerebral And Cardiovascular Center Antisense nucleic acid targeting PCSK9
US11319536B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2022-05-03 Ionis Pharmacueticals, Inc. Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression
US11492620B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-11-08 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Double-stranded oligonucleotide, composition and conjugate comprising double-stranded oligonucleotide, preparation method thereof and use thereof
US11660347B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-05-30 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Nucleic acid, composition and conjugate containing same, preparation method, and use thereof
US11896674B2 (en) 2018-09-30 2024-02-13 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. SiRNA conjugate, preparation method therefor and use thereof
US11918600B2 (en) 2018-08-21 2024-03-05 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Nucleic acid, pharmaceutical composition and conjugate containing nucleic acid, and use thereof
US11963974B2 (en) 2017-03-10 2024-04-23 National Center For Child Health And Development Antisense oligonucleotide and composition for prevention or treatment of glycogen storage disease type Ia

Families Citing this family (246)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2003281969B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2011-01-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Amino-LNA, thio-LNA and alpha-L-oxy-LN
KR101979134B1 (en) 2008-10-15 2019-05-15 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Modulation of factor 11 expression
ES2616051T3 (en) 2008-12-02 2017-06-09 Wave Life Sciences Japan, Inc. Method for the synthesis of modified nucleic acids in the phosphorus atom
AU2010270714B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2015-08-13 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Novel nucleic acid prodrugs and methods use thereof
US10428019B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2019-10-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral auxiliaries
CA2817960C (en) 2010-11-17 2020-06-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of alpha synuclein expression
EP2734208B1 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Methods for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
US9580708B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2017-02-28 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Multimeric oligonucleotides compounds
US10837014B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2020-11-17 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating SMN gene family expression
KR20160074368A (en) 2012-05-16 2016-06-28 라나 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Compositions and methods for modulating utrn expression
WO2013173608A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating mecp2 expression
JP2015518710A (en) 2012-05-16 2015-07-06 ラナ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for regulating hemoglobin gene family expression
CA2873766A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rana Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating atp2a2 expression
EA201492123A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2015-10-30 Рана Терапьютикс, Инк. COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR MODULATING THE EXPRESSION OF THE SMN GENES FAMILY
MX2015000577A (en) 2012-07-13 2015-08-14 Wave Life Sciences Pte Ltd Chiral control.
CN107011400B (en) 2012-07-13 2021-05-25 波涛生命科学有限公司 Asymmetric auxiliary group
AU2013315225B2 (en) 2012-09-14 2018-11-08 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds
US9309513B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2016-04-12 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. MicroRNA compounds and methods for modulating miR-122
NZ631512A (en) 2013-05-01 2016-10-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression
JP6649248B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2020-02-19 レグルス セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds and methods for enhancing cellular uptake
US9943604B2 (en) 2013-09-20 2018-04-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use
US11162096B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2021-11-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
EP3060664B1 (en) 2013-10-25 2021-07-07 Sanofi Microrna compounds and methods for modulating mir-21 activity
US10144933B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-04 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator
US10149905B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-11 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent
KR102423317B1 (en) 2014-01-16 2022-07-22 웨이브 라이프 사이언시스 리미티드 Chiral design
KR102287532B1 (en) 2014-01-30 2021-08-11 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Poly oligomer compound with biocleavable conjugates
CN116970607A (en) 2014-03-19 2023-10-31 Ionis制药公司 Compositions for modulating ataxin 2 expression
WO2015143245A1 (en) 2014-03-19 2015-09-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating ataxin 2 expression
EP3757214B1 (en) 2014-04-01 2022-06-15 Biogen MA Inc. Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression
EP3608406B1 (en) 2014-05-01 2023-02-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression
KR20200102553A (en) 2014-05-01 2020-08-31 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression
RU2703411C2 (en) 2014-05-01 2019-10-16 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for modulating pkk expression
PT3137605T (en) 2014-05-01 2020-12-18 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression
GB201408623D0 (en) 2014-05-15 2014-07-02 Santaris Pharma As Oligomers and oligomer conjugates
AU2015301057A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-19 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. Targeting micrornas for metabolic disorders
US20170327524A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-11-16 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Galnac phosphoramidites, nucleic acid conjugates thereof and their use
SG11201703646SA (en) * 2014-11-10 2017-06-29 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No 2) Ltd Combination long acting compositions and methods for hepatitis c
JP6689279B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2020-05-20 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス Chiral toxicity screening method
AU2015364508A1 (en) * 2014-12-18 2017-07-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ReversirTM compounds
US10793855B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2020-10-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
WO2016115490A1 (en) 2015-01-16 2016-07-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of dux4
US10758558B2 (en) 2015-02-13 2020-09-01 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Hybrid oligonucleotides and uses thereof
US11129844B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2021-09-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression
CN107980062B (en) 2015-04-03 2022-11-25 马萨诸塞大学 Oligonucleotide compounds for targeting huntingtin mRNA
PL3277815T3 (en) 2015-04-03 2022-03-21 University Of Massachusetts Oligonucleotide compounds for treatment of preeclampsia and other angiogenic disorders
WO2016167780A1 (en) 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
WO2017030973A1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-23 University Of Massachusetts Bioactive conjugates for oligonucleotide delivery
WO2017032726A1 (en) 2015-08-24 2017-03-02 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Lna-g process
US20210052631A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2021-02-25 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use
EP3355932B1 (en) 2015-10-02 2023-04-12 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide conjugation process
BR112018006636B1 (en) 2015-10-09 2023-03-28 Wave Life Sciences Ltd OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND USE OF THE OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITION
WO2017068087A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide detection method
WO2017079745A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy
CN116064539A (en) 2015-11-12 2023-05-05 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Oligonucleotides for inducing expression of parent UBE3A
WO2017096395A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating breast cancer
CA3006599A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2017-07-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing lrrk2 expression
WO2017131236A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Nucleic acid complex
JP2019503394A (en) 2016-01-31 2019-02-07 ユニバーシティ・オブ・マサチューセッツUniversity Of Massachusetts Branched oligonucleotide
KR20230048446A (en) 2016-03-07 2023-04-11 애로우헤드 파마슈티컬스 인코포레이티드 Targeting ligands for therapeutic compounds
ES2857702T3 (en) 2016-03-14 2021-09-29 Hoffmann La Roche Oligonucleotides for reduction of PD-L1 expression
WO2017161168A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of dyrk1b expression
AU2017234678A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2018-08-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modulating KEAP1
MA45328A (en) 2016-04-01 2019-02-06 Avidity Biosciences Llc NUCLEIC ACID-POLYPEPTIDE COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF
EP3228326A1 (en) * 2016-04-05 2017-10-11 Silence Therapeutics GmbH Nucleic acid linked to a trivalent glycoconjugate
WO2017177169A1 (en) * 2016-04-08 2017-10-12 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Multimeric coding nucleic acid and uses thereof
JP6985288B2 (en) 2016-04-14 2021-12-22 エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーF. Hoffmann−La Roche Aktiengesellschaft Trityl-mono-GalNAc compounds and their uses
IL299516A (en) * 2016-05-06 2023-02-01 Astrazeneca Ab Glp-1 receptor ligand moiety conjugated oligonucleotides and uses thereof
MA45496A (en) 2016-06-17 2019-04-24 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULES FOR PADD5 OR PAD7 MRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
WO2017219017A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of gys1 expression
BR112018077321A2 (en) 2016-07-01 2019-04-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag antisense oligonucleotides to modulate htra1 expression
EP3496758A4 (en) 2016-08-12 2020-11-11 University of Massachusetts Conjugated oligonucleotides
IL300869A (en) 2016-09-02 2023-04-01 Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals Inc Targeting ligands, compositions comprising same and uses thereof
US11400161B2 (en) 2016-10-06 2022-08-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds
JOP20190104A1 (en) 2016-11-10 2019-05-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression
US11033570B2 (en) 2016-12-02 2021-06-15 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Modulation of Lnc05 expression
WO2018130585A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating relb expression
WO2018130583A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating nfkb1 expression
EP3568480A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2019-11-20 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating nfkb2 expression
US20190338286A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2019-11-07 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating rel expression
US20200216845A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2020-07-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating rela expression
WO2018215049A1 (en) * 2017-05-23 2018-11-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Process for galnac oligonucleotide conjugates
US20190055564A1 (en) 2017-06-01 2019-02-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating htra1 expression
US20210198305A1 (en) * 2017-06-02 2021-07-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3599844A4 (en) * 2017-06-07 2021-01-13 University of Massachusetts Anti-adam33 oligonucleotides and related methods
TW201919712A (en) 2017-08-10 2019-06-01 法商塞勒尼斯醫療控股公司 Cargomers
WO2019030313A2 (en) 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating ube3c expression
CA3071033A1 (en) 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2019038228A1 (en) 2017-08-22 2019-02-28 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating tom1 expression
US10517889B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-12-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of SMAD7 expression
WO2019075357A1 (en) * 2017-10-12 2019-04-18 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
JP2021502059A (en) 2017-10-13 2021-01-28 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス A method for identifying improved three-dimensionally defined phosphorothioate oligonucleotide variants of antisense oligonucleotides by using a sub-library of partially three-dimensionally defined oligonucleotides.
MA52151A (en) 2017-10-16 2020-05-06 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULE FOR PAPD5 AND PAPD7 mRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
CN117105811A (en) 2017-11-06 2023-11-24 日东电工株式会社 Membrane Fusion Compounds for Delivery of Bioactive Molecules
TWI809004B (en) 2017-11-09 2023-07-21 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing snca expression
WO2019113393A1 (en) 2017-12-06 2019-06-13 Avidity Biosciences Llc Compositions and methods of treating muscle atrophy and myotonic dystrophy
WO2019115416A2 (en) 2017-12-11 2019-06-20 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating fndc3b expression
WO2019115417A2 (en) 2017-12-12 2019-06-20 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating rb1 expression
WO2019126641A2 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of frataxin expression
WO2019121838A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Companion diagnostic for htra1 rna antagonists
EP3728590A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2020-10-28 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Novel thiophosphoramidites
AU2018386524A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2020-07-02 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides comprising a phosphorodithioate internucleoside linkage
BR112020010090A2 (en) 2017-12-22 2020-11-03 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S gapmer oligonucleotide, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, conjugate, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
EP3737758A1 (en) 2018-01-10 2020-11-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating pias4 expression
EP3737759A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2020-11-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Alpha-synuclein antisense oligonucleotides and uses thereof
US20210095275A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-04-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating gsk3b expression
SG11202006526YA (en) 2018-01-12 2020-08-28 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and uses thereof
EP3737761A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2020-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and uses thereof
CN111902537A (en) 2018-01-15 2020-11-06 Ionis制药公司 Modulators of DNM2 expression
US20210095276A1 (en) 2018-01-17 2021-04-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating erc1 expression
WO2019141723A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting srebp1
WO2019145386A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating csnk1d expression
CA3085407A1 (en) * 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Radiolabelled oligonucleotides and process for their preparation
KR20200108315A (en) 2018-02-09 2020-09-17 제넨테크, 인크. Oligonucleotide to regulate the expression of TMEM106B
KR20200140805A (en) 2018-02-21 2020-12-16 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 CAMK2D antisense oligonucleotide and uses thereof
WO2019169243A1 (en) 2018-03-02 2019-09-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-beta precursor protein
TW202000199A (en) 2018-03-02 2020-01-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of IRF4 expression
WO2019172286A1 (en) 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 第一三共株式会社 Therapeutic agent for glycogen storage disease type ia
US11661601B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2023-05-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating FMR1 expression
AU2019247645A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2020-10-15 Centre Leon Berard Use of FUBP1 inhibitors for treating hepatitis B virus infection
US11365416B2 (en) 2018-04-11 2022-06-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of EZH2 expression
WO2019215067A1 (en) 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Massively parallel discovery methods for oligonucleotide therapeutics
EP3790971A1 (en) 2018-05-08 2021-03-17 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotides for modulating myh7 expression
BR112020021253A2 (en) 2018-05-09 2021-02-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. compounds and methods for reducing the expression of atxn3
EP3799604A4 (en) 2018-05-09 2022-09-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing fxi expression
JP7379387B2 (en) 2018-06-05 2023-11-14 エフ. ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー Oligonucleotides for controlling ATXN2 expression
EP3807411A4 (en) 2018-06-14 2022-08-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for increasing stmn2 expression
SG11202011864XA (en) 2018-06-27 2020-12-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing lrrk2 expression
WO2020007702A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting bcl2l11
WO2020007700A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting spi1
WO2020007772A1 (en) 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting gbp-1
SG11202012759XA (en) 2018-07-03 2021-01-28 Hoffmann La Roche Oligonucleotides for modulating tau expression
WO2020007826A1 (en) 2018-07-05 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting mbtps1
WO2020007889A1 (en) 2018-07-05 2020-01-09 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting stat1
WO2020011743A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting mafb
WO2020011653A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting kynu
WO2020011869A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting tlr2
WO2020011744A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting cers5
WO2020011745A2 (en) 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting cers6
CA3106288A1 (en) 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 expression
SG11202100077PA (en) 2018-07-25 2021-02-25 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn2 expression
JP7470097B2 (en) 2018-07-31 2024-04-17 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス Oligonucleotides containing phosphorotrithioate internucleoside linkages
MX2020013270A (en) 2018-07-31 2021-02-18 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Oligonucleotides comprising a phosphorotrithioate internucleoside linkage.
US11827882B2 (en) 2018-08-10 2023-11-28 University Of Massachusetts Modified oligonucleotides targeting SNPs
WO2020038973A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting sptlc1
CN112585280A (en) 2018-08-23 2021-03-30 罗氏创新中心哥本哈根有限公司 Micro RNA-134 biomarkers
WO2020038976A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting usp8
WO2020038971A1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligonucleotides targeting vcan
WO2020043750A1 (en) 2018-08-28 2020-03-05 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Neoantigen engineering using splice modulating compounds
EP3620519A1 (en) 2018-09-04 2020-03-11 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of isolated milk extracellular vesicles for delivering oligonucleotides orally
EP3873920A1 (en) 2018-11-01 2021-09-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Antisense oligonucleotides targeting tia1
TW202028222A (en) 2018-11-14 2020-08-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of foxp3 expression
JOP20210108A1 (en) 2018-11-15 2023-01-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of irf5 expression
JP2022515744A (en) 2018-12-20 2022-02-22 プラクシス プレシジョン メディシンズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and Methods for the Treatment of KCNT1-Related Disorders
CN113330118A (en) 2018-12-21 2021-08-31 勃林格殷格翰国际有限公司 Antisense oligonucleotides targeting CARD9
CN113614232A (en) * 2019-01-18 2021-11-05 马萨诸塞大学 Dynamic pharmacokinetic modified anchor
CN113365607A (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Lipid vesicles for oral drug delivery
CA3128093A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of yap1 expression
WO2020169695A1 (en) 2019-02-20 2020-08-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Phosphonoacetate gapmer oligonucleotides
MX2021009949A (en) 2019-02-20 2021-09-21 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Novel phosphoramidites.
JP2022522430A (en) 2019-02-26 2022-04-19 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス Oligonucleotide formulation method
TW202045724A (en) 2019-02-27 2020-12-16 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of malat1 expression
CN113507942A (en) * 2019-03-05 2021-10-15 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Intracellular targeting of molecules
CN117431244A (en) 2019-03-29 2024-01-23 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for modulating UBE3A-ATS
US20220177894A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2022-06-09 Proqr Therapeutics Ii B.V. Antisense oligonucleotides for immunotherapy
CN113906139A (en) 2019-04-03 2022-01-07 百时美施贵宝公司 ANGPTL2 antisense oligonucleotides and uses thereof
US11286485B2 (en) 2019-04-04 2022-03-29 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Oligonucleotides for modulating ATXN2 expression
CN113785060A (en) 2019-04-04 2021-12-10 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Oligonucleotides for modulating expression of ATXN2
KR20220024192A (en) 2019-05-31 2022-03-03 알리고스 테라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Modified gapmer oligonucleotides and methods of use
JP7155302B2 (en) 2019-06-06 2022-10-18 エフ.ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー Antisense oligonucleotides targeting ATXN3
US11786546B2 (en) 2019-07-26 2023-10-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating GFAP
AU2020319911A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2022-02-24 Mpeg La, L.L.C. Subcutaneous delivery of multimeric oligonucleotides with enhanced bioactivity
WO2021049504A1 (en) 2019-09-10 2021-03-18 第一三共株式会社 Galnac-oligonucleotide conjugate for liver-targeted delivery use, and method for producing same
BR112022006476A2 (en) * 2019-10-02 2022-07-05 Sirnaomics Inc OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH NUCLEOSID ANALOGS
WO2021127650A1 (en) * 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Entrada Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for delivery of antisense compounds
EP4077671A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of saraf inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
EP4077670A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of cops3 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
EP4077668A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of scamp3 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
WO2021122910A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of sbds inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
WO2021122735A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of sept9 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
TW202136510A (en) 2019-12-20 2021-10-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Enhanced oligonucleotides for inhibiting scn9a expression
CA3163646A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2021-07-01 F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag Pharmaceutical combination of antiviral agents targeting hbv and/or an immune modulator for treatment of hbv
CA3163490A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2021-07-01 F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag Pharmaceutical combination of a therapeutic oligonucleotide targeting hbv and a tlr7 agonist for treatment of hbv
US20230090446A1 (en) 2020-01-28 2023-03-23 Universite De Strasbourg Antisense oligonucleotide targeting linc00518 for treating melanoma
WO2021158810A1 (en) 2020-02-05 2021-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Oligonucleotides for splice modulation of camk2d
US20220064638A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2022-03-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating smn2
WO2021170697A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotides for modulating cd73 exon 7 splicing
AU2021237465A1 (en) 2020-03-19 2022-10-13 Avidity Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods of treating Facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy
WO2021216786A1 (en) * 2020-04-21 2021-10-28 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Bifunctional molecules and methods of using thereof
CA3181546A1 (en) 2020-05-01 2021-11-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating atxn1
JP2023527684A (en) 2020-05-11 2023-06-30 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Complement component C1S inhibitors for treating neurological disorders and related compositions, systems and methods of using same
WO2021231210A1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 Genentech, Inc. Complement component c1r inhibitors for treating a neurological disease, and related compositions, systems and methods of using same
CN115698290A (en) 2020-05-11 2023-02-03 基因泰克公司 Complement component 4 inhibitors for the treatment of neurological diseases and related compositions, systems and methods of using the same
US20210388357A1 (en) 2020-05-13 2021-12-16 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Oligonucleotide agonists targeting progranulin
EP4150076A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
WO2021231673A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
WO2021231679A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
WO2021231691A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rsi)
WO2021231685A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
WO2021231692A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
WO2021231698A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
WO2021231675A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
JP2023526096A (en) 2020-05-22 2023-06-20 エフ. ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー Oligonucleotides for splice regulation of CARD9
US11408000B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-08-09 Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity
WO2021249993A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Guanosine analogues for use in therapeutic polynucleotides
AR122731A1 (en) 2020-06-26 2022-10-05 Hoffmann La Roche IMPROVED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES TO MODULATE FUBP1 EXPRESSION
JP2023532518A (en) 2020-06-29 2023-07-28 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Compounds and methods for modulating PLP1
WO2022018155A1 (en) 2020-07-23 2022-01-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Lna oligonucleotides for splice modulation of stmn2
CN116209761A (en) 2020-07-23 2023-06-02 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Oligonucleotides targeting RNA binding protein sites
CN111671913B (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-08 四川大学 Quantum dot-small nucleic acid conjugate and application thereof
WO2022038211A2 (en) 2020-08-21 2022-02-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of a1cf inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
WO2022072950A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Sirnaomics, Inc. NUCLEOSIDE CONTAINING siRNAS FOR TREAT VIRAL DISEASES
EP4136092A4 (en) 2020-11-18 2023-10-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
WO2022117745A1 (en) 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides targeting atxn3
WO2022117747A2 (en) 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides targeting atxn3
TW202229553A (en) 2020-12-18 2022-08-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Antisense oligonucleotides for targeting progranulin
JP2024501662A (en) 2020-12-22 2024-01-15 エフ. ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー Oligonucleotide targeting XBP1
CN114716518A (en) * 2021-01-06 2022-07-08 圣诺制药公司 Molecular structure capable of inhibiting expression of PCSK9 and pharmaceutical composition
EP4284513A1 (en) 2021-01-26 2023-12-06 Universite Brest Bretagne Occidentale Novel stim1 splicing variants and uses thereof
TW202246500A (en) 2021-02-02 2022-12-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Enhanced oligonucleotides for inhibiting rtel1 expression
WO2022189363A1 (en) 2021-03-08 2022-09-15 Les Laboratoires Servier Antisense oligonucleotides for inhibiting alpha-synuclein expression
WO2022232650A1 (en) * 2021-04-30 2022-11-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing agt expression
EP4341405A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2024-03-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
AU2022288115A1 (en) 2021-06-08 2023-12-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotide progranulin agonists
CA3223192A1 (en) 2021-06-18 2022-12-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing ifnar1 expression
BR112023026862A2 (en) 2021-06-23 2024-03-05 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Ct Inc ANTI-FLT1 OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOUNDS OPTIMIZED FOR THE TREATMENT OF PRE-ECLAMPSIA AND OTHER ANGIOGENIC DISORDERS
US20230194709A9 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-06-22 Seagate Technology Llc Range information detection using coherent pulse sets with selected waveform characteristics
WO2023278410A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2023034561A2 (en) * 2021-09-02 2023-03-09 Vanderbilt University Lipophilic oligonucleotide conjugates
AU2022345098A1 (en) 2021-09-16 2024-04-04 Avidity Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods of treating facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy
CA3234835A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
WO2023078883A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-05-11 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotides for modulating apolipoprotein e4 expression
WO2023083906A2 (en) 2021-11-11 2023-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pharmaceutical combinations for treatment of hbv
WO2023102188A1 (en) * 2021-12-03 2023-06-08 Quralis Corporation Gapmer antisense oligonucleotides with modified backbone chemistries
WO2023104693A1 (en) 2021-12-07 2023-06-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides targeting actl6b
WO2023111210A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination of oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 and fubp1
WO2023111336A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotide gba agonists
WO2023117738A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Threose nucleic acid antisense oligonucleotides and methods thereof
WO2023141507A1 (en) 2022-01-20 2023-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides for modulating tmem106b expression
WO2023156652A1 (en) 2022-02-21 2023-08-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotide
WO2023217890A1 (en) 2022-05-10 2023-11-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides targeting cfp-elk1 intergene region
WO2023222858A1 (en) 2022-05-18 2023-11-23 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Improved oligonucleotides targeting rna binding protein sites
WO2023242324A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antisense oligonucleotides for targeting progranulin
EP4332221A1 (en) 2022-08-29 2024-03-06 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Threose nucleic acid antisense oligonucleotides and methods thereof
WO2024052403A1 (en) 2022-09-06 2024-03-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Double-stranded rna molecule for administration to the eye

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090118213A1 (en) * 2005-09-15 2009-05-07 Henrik Frydenlund Hansen Rna antagonist compounds for the inhibition of apo-b100 expression
US20090239814A1 (en) * 2007-12-04 2009-09-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbohydrate Conjugates as Delivery Agents for Oligonucleotides
US9181549B2 (en) * 2013-05-01 2015-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use

Family Cites Families (204)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US603095A (en) 1898-04-26 Machine for dishing metal
US2699808A (en) 1944-10-06 1955-01-18 Mark W Lowe Apparatus for peeling tomatoes
US2699508A (en) 1951-12-21 1955-01-11 Selectronics Inc Method of mounting and construction of mounting for low frequency piezoelectric crystals
JPS5927900A (en) 1982-08-09 1984-02-14 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kk Oligonucleotide derivative and its preparation
US4948882A (en) 1983-02-22 1990-08-14 Syngene, Inc. Single-stranded labelled oligonucleotides, reactive monomers and methods of synthesis
US4587044A (en) 1983-09-01 1986-05-06 The Johns Hopkins University Linkage of proteins to nucleic acids
US5430136A (en) 1984-10-16 1995-07-04 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides having selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
US4904582A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-02-27 Synthetic Genetics Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates
US4914210A (en) 1987-10-02 1990-04-03 Cetus Corporation Oligonucleotide functionalizing reagents
US4962029A (en) 1987-10-02 1990-10-09 Cetus Corporation Covalent oligonucleotide-horseradish peroxidase conjugate
US5525465A (en) 1987-10-28 1996-06-11 Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology And Medicine Oligonucleotide-polyamide conjugates and methods of production and applications of the same
DE3738460A1 (en) 1987-11-12 1989-05-24 Max Planck Gesellschaft MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDS
US5354844A (en) 1989-03-16 1994-10-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Protein-polycation conjugates
US5391723A (en) 1989-05-31 1995-02-21 Neorx Corporation Oligonucleotide conjugates
US4958013A (en) 1989-06-06 1990-09-18 Northwestern University Cholesteryl modified oligonucleotides
US5254469A (en) 1989-09-12 1993-10-19 Eastman Kodak Company Oligonucleotide-enzyme conjugate that can be used as a probe in hybridization assays and polymerase chain reaction procedures
US5486603A (en) 1990-01-08 1996-01-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide having enhanced binding affinity
US6395492B1 (en) 1990-01-11 2002-05-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties
US5608046A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5245022A (en) 1990-08-03 1993-09-14 Sterling Drug, Inc. Exonuclease resistant terminally substituted oligonucleotides
US5512667A (en) 1990-08-28 1996-04-30 Reed; Michael W. Trifunctional intermediates for preparing 3'-tailed oligonucleotides
WO1992008728A1 (en) 1990-11-08 1992-05-29 Hybridon, Inc. Incorporation of multiple reporter groups on synthetic oligonucleotides
DE4104186A1 (en) 1991-02-12 1992-08-13 Genentech Inc NEW COMPLEXES INCLUDING ENDOCYTOSIS IN HIGHER EUKARYOTIC CELLS, NUCLEIC ACID
DE4110409C2 (en) 1991-03-29 1999-05-27 Boehringer Ingelheim Int New protein-polycation conjugates
KR950014915B1 (en) 1991-06-19 1995-12-18 주식회사녹십자 Asialoglycoprotein-conjugated compounds
DE69233046T2 (en) 1991-10-24 2004-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Carlsfeld DERIVATIZED OLIGONUCLEOTIDS WITH IMPROVED CAPACITY
US5272250A (en) 1992-07-10 1993-12-21 Spielvogel Bernard F Boronated phosphoramidate compounds
NL9201440A (en) 1992-08-11 1994-03-01 Univ Leiden Triantennary cluster glycosides, their preparation and application.
WO1994014226A1 (en) 1992-12-14 1994-06-23 Honeywell Inc. Motor system with individually controlled redundant windings
US5574142A (en) 1992-12-15 1996-11-12 Microprobe Corporation Peptide linkers for improved oligonucleotide delivery
CA2170869C (en) 1993-09-03 1999-09-14 Phillip Dan Cook Amine-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides
ZA951877B (en) 1994-03-07 1996-09-09 Dow Chemical Co Bioactive and/or targeted dendrimer conjugates
US5646262A (en) 1994-07-28 1997-07-08 Georgetown University Antisense oligonucleotides against hepatitis B viral replication
US5580731A (en) 1994-08-25 1996-12-03 Chiron Corporation N-4 modified pyrimidine deoxynucleotides and oligonucleotide probes synthesized therewith
JP3307945B2 (en) 1994-10-06 2002-07-29 アイシス・ファーマシューティカルス・インコーポレーテッド Peptide nucleic acid conjugate
US5684142A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-11-04 Oncor, Inc. Modified nucleotides for nucleic acid labeling
US5672662A (en) 1995-07-07 1997-09-30 Shearwater Polymers, Inc. Poly(ethylene glycol) and related polymers monosubstituted with propionic or butanoic acids and functional derivatives thereof for biotechnical applications
US5985662A (en) 1995-07-13 1999-11-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense inhibition of hepatitis B virus replication
EP0862439A4 (en) 1995-11-22 2001-01-10 O Paul O P Ts Ligands to enhance cellular uptake of biomolecules
US6344436B1 (en) 1996-01-08 2002-02-05 Baylor College Of Medicine Lipophilic peptides for macromolecule delivery
US5656408A (en) 1996-04-29 1997-08-12 Xerox Corporation Coated carrier particles
US5776907A (en) 1996-05-20 1998-07-07 Texas Biotechnology Corporation Mitomycin oligonucleotide conjugates
US6001991A (en) * 1996-10-04 1999-12-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of MDR P-glycoprotein gene expression
US20030014318A1 (en) 1996-11-08 2003-01-16 Matthew Byrne International trading system and method
US6770748B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2004-08-03 Takeshi Imanishi Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogue
JP3756313B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2006-03-15 武 今西 Novel bicyclonucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
US5770716A (en) 1997-04-10 1998-06-23 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Substituted propargylethoxyamido nucleosides, oligonucleotides and methods for using same
BR9809242A (en) 1997-05-05 2000-06-27 Hoechst Marion Russel Deutschl Modified antisense nucleotides complementary to a section of the human ha-ras gene
PL337033A1 (en) 1997-05-21 2000-07-31 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Composition for and methods of enhancing transport through permeable biological membranes
EP2341057A3 (en) 1997-09-12 2011-11-23 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide Analogues
US6794499B2 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-09-21 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide analogues
US6096875A (en) 1998-05-29 2000-08-01 The Perlein-Elmer Corporation Nucleotide compounds including a rigid linker
US6300319B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotide conjugates
US6335432B1 (en) 1998-08-07 2002-01-01 Bio-Red Laboratories, Inc. Structural analogs of amine bases and nucleosides
US6335437B1 (en) 1998-09-07 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the preparation of conjugated oligomers
US6365379B1 (en) 1998-10-06 2002-04-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Zinc finger peptide cleavage of nucleic acids
EP1135481B1 (en) 1998-12-02 2004-02-25 I.D.M. Immuno-Designed Molecules New oligomeric conjugates liable to transfer biological molecules into cells
EP1178999B1 (en) 1999-05-04 2007-03-14 Santaris Pharma A/S L-ribo-lna analogues
US6525191B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2003-02-25 Kanda S. Ramasamy Conformationally constrained L-nucleosides
US6656730B1 (en) * 1999-06-15 2003-12-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs
US20040146516A1 (en) 1999-06-17 2004-07-29 Utah Ventures Ii L.P. Lumen-exposed molecules and methods for targeted delivery
US6617442B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2003-09-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human Rnase H1 and oligonucleotide compositions thereof
AU7406700A (en) 1999-10-04 2001-05-10 Exiqon A/S Design of high affinity rnase h recruiting oligonucleotide
US20080039414A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2008-02-14 Sima Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US6559279B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2003-05-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for preparing peptide derivatized oligomeric compounds
EP1383782A1 (en) 2001-03-26 2004-01-28 Sirna Therpeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated inhibition of hepatitis b virus and hepatitis c virus replication
EP3231445A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2017-10-18 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery
US7407943B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2008-08-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
US7259150B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
US7227014B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
US20030191075A1 (en) 2002-02-22 2003-10-09 Cook Phillip Dan Method of using modified oligonucleotides for hepatic delivery
WO2003097662A1 (en) 2002-05-15 2003-11-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
GB2389824B (en) 2002-06-21 2005-08-24 Paul Sinclair Improvements in or relating to funeral vehicles
US7655790B2 (en) * 2002-07-12 2010-02-02 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Deprotection and purification of oligonucleotides and their derivatives
US7087229B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-08-08 Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Releasable polymeric conjugates based on aliphatic biodegradable linkers
US6878805B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2005-04-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peptide-conjugated oligomeric compounds
WO2004041889A2 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polycyclic sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation
WO2004044136A2 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2’-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
CA2505090A1 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US7511131B2 (en) 2002-11-13 2009-03-31 Genzyme Corporation Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
EP2336318B1 (en) 2002-11-13 2013-04-24 Genzyme Corporation Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
AU2003281969B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2011-01-27 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Amino-LNA, thio-LNA and alpha-L-oxy-LN
US7816337B2 (en) 2003-02-18 2010-10-19 Roche Madison Inc. Reversible attachment of a membrane active polymer to a polynucleotide
AU2003219576A1 (en) 2003-04-03 2004-10-25 Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Conjugate for gene transfer comprising oligonucleotide and hydrophilic polymer, polyelectrolyte complex micelles formed from the conjugate, and methods for preparation thereof
US7723509B2 (en) 2003-04-17 2010-05-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals IRNA agents with biocleavable tethers
WO2004106356A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Syddansk Universitet Functionalized nucleotide derivatives
CN1984921B (en) * 2003-06-03 2010-06-16 Isis药物公司 Modulation of survivin expression
DK1495769T3 (en) 2003-07-11 2008-06-23 Lbr Medbiotech B V Mannose-6-phosphate receptor-mediated gene transfer to muscle cells
WO2005013901A2 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas
US7825235B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2010-11-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 expression
ES2382807T3 (en) 2003-08-28 2012-06-13 Takeshi Imanishi New artificial nucleic acids of the N-O link type with cross-linking
JP5379347B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2013-12-25 アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド 4'-thionucleosides and oligomeric compounds
US7615539B2 (en) * 2003-09-25 2009-11-10 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Nucleic acid-lipophilic conjugates
CA2550258A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-07 Santaris Pharma A/S Oligomeric compounds for the modulation of bcl-2
AU2005207026A1 (en) 2004-01-22 2005-08-04 Immunomedics, Inc. Folate conjugates and complexes
DK1713912T3 (en) 2004-01-30 2013-12-16 Santaris Pharma As Modified Short Interfering RNA (Modified siRNA)
US20050244869A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-11-03 Brown-Driver Vickie L Modulation of transthyretin expression
WO2005111238A2 (en) 2004-04-19 2005-11-24 Archemix Corporation Aptamer-mediated intracellular delivery of therapeutic oligonucleotides
US20050288246A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-29 Iversen Patrick L Peptide conjugated, inosine-substituted antisense oligomer compound and method
AU2005330637B2 (en) 2004-08-04 2012-09-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising a ligand tethered to a modified or non-natural nucleobase
HUE026284T2 (en) 2004-08-10 2016-06-28 Genzyme Corp Oligonucleotides for use in modulating lipoprotein and cholesterol levels in humans
WO2006036916A2 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-04-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai modulation of apob and uses thereof
NZ555645A (en) * 2004-11-09 2009-08-28 Santaris Pharma As LNA oligonucleotides and the treatment of cancer
EA014097B1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2010-08-30 Сантарис Фарма А/С Potent lna oligonucleotides for modulating of hif-1a expression and use thereof
US20120122801A1 (en) 2005-01-05 2012-05-17 Prosensa B.V. Mannose-6-phosphate receptor mediated gene transfer into muscle cells
US20080206869A1 (en) 2005-01-24 2008-08-28 Avaris Ab Nucleic Acid Complex
US20070213292A1 (en) 2005-08-10 2007-09-13 The Rockefeller University Chemically modified oligonucleotides for use in modulating micro RNA and uses thereof
EP1931780B1 (en) 2005-08-29 2016-01-06 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. Antisense compounds having enhanced anti-microrna activity
JP5523705B2 (en) 2005-08-29 2014-06-18 レグルス・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Method of using to modulate MIR-122A
WO2007031091A2 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-03-22 Santaris Pharma A/S Rna antagonist compounds for the modulation of p21 ras expression
KR20080065617A (en) 2005-09-19 2008-07-14 존슨 앤드 존슨 파머슈티컬 리서치 앤드 디벨로프먼트 엘엘씨 Modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression
AU2006315758A1 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-24 Ercole Biotech, Inc. Splice switching oligomers for TNF superfamily receptors and their use in treatment of disease
AU2007209481B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2012-01-12 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S LNA modified phosphorothiolated oligonucleotides
CA2640171C (en) 2006-01-27 2014-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
AU2007309650A1 (en) 2006-02-08 2008-05-02 Ercole Biotech, Inc. Soluble TNF receptors and their use in treatment of disease
EA015563B1 (en) 2006-03-23 2011-08-30 Сантарис Фарма А/С Small internally segmented interfering rna
GB0606415D0 (en) 2006-03-31 2006-05-10 Univ Southampton Topical drug delivery
EP3431602A1 (en) * 2006-04-03 2019-01-23 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Pharmaceutical composition comprising anti-mirna antisense oligonucleotides
EP2194129A3 (en) 2006-04-03 2012-12-26 Santaris Pharma A/S Pharmaceutical composition comprising anti-miRNA antisense oligonucleotides
AU2007258117B2 (en) 2006-05-05 2013-05-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating gene expression
ES2389737T3 (en) 2006-05-11 2012-10-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5 'modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
KR20090054438A (en) 2006-09-15 2009-05-29 엔존 파마슈티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Polymeric conjugates containing positively-charged moieties
CA2662978A1 (en) 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hindered ester-based biodegradable linkers for oligonucleotide delivery
CN101517082B (en) * 2006-09-27 2014-01-22 科勒制药有限责任公司 Cpg oligonucleotide analogs containing hydrophobic t analogs with enhanced immunostimulatory activity
WO2008040355A2 (en) 2006-10-06 2008-04-10 Exiqon A/S Novel methods for quantification of micrornas and small interfering rnas
EP2076597A2 (en) 2006-10-09 2009-07-08 Santaris Pharma A/S Rna antagonist compounds for the modulation of pcsk9
EP2455471A3 (en) 2006-11-27 2012-09-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
EP2125852B1 (en) 2007-02-15 2016-04-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-substituted-2'-f modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2008109369A2 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 Mdrna, Inc. Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting tnf gene expression and uses thereof
DE102007012908A1 (en) 2007-03-19 2008-09-25 Momentive Performance Materials Gmbh New polyamide-polysiloxane compounds
DK2149605T3 (en) 2007-03-22 2013-09-30 Santaris Pharma As Short RNA antagonist compounds to modulate the desired mRNA
WO2008113830A1 (en) 2007-03-22 2008-09-25 Santaris Pharma A/S Rna antagonist compounds for the inhibition of apo-b100 expression
KR20150090284A (en) * 2007-03-24 2015-08-05 젠자임 코포레이션 Administering antisense oligonucleotides complementary to human apolipoprotein b
KR20180082646A (en) 2007-05-01 2018-07-18 로슈 이노베이션 센터 코펜하겐 에이/에스 Splice switching oligomers for tnf superfamily receptors and their use in treatment of disease
CA2685444A1 (en) 2007-05-01 2008-11-06 Jesper Worm Rna antagonist compounds for the modulation of beta-catenin
WO2008150729A2 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2173760B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2015-11-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2170363B1 (en) 2007-06-29 2018-08-08 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Tissue specific peptide conjugates and methods
US8278283B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2012-10-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted or unsaturated bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
CN101816010A (en) 2007-07-19 2010-08-25 数据匙电子有限公司 RF token and receptacle system and method
US20100203066A1 (en) 2007-08-20 2010-08-12 Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymeric linkers containing pyridyl disulfide moieties
BRPI0817527A2 (en) 2007-10-01 2017-05-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc antisense modulation of human fibroblast growth factor receptor expression 4
EP2205737B1 (en) 2007-10-04 2013-02-13 Santaris Pharma A/S Micromirs
US20100280098A1 (en) 2007-10-05 2010-11-04 Juliano Rudolph L Receptor targeted oligonucleotides
CA2705714A1 (en) 2007-11-26 2009-06-04 Santaris Pharma A/S Lna antagonists targeting the androgen receptor
AU2008333714A1 (en) * 2007-12-03 2009-06-11 Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. RNA antagonist compounds for the modulation of PIK3CA expression
WO2009090182A1 (en) 2008-01-14 2009-07-23 Santaris Pharma A/S C4'-substituted - dna nucleotide gapmer oligonucleotides
EP2265627A2 (en) 2008-02-07 2010-12-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs
US8361980B2 (en) 2008-03-07 2013-01-29 Santaris Pharma A/S Pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of microRNA related diseases
US9290534B2 (en) 2008-04-04 2016-03-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds having at least one neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleoside
JP5788312B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2015-09-30 アルニラム ファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Site-specific delivery of nucleic acids by combining targeting ligands with endosomal degradable components
WO2009148605A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2009-12-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
AU2009265836A1 (en) 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Santaris Pharma A/S RNA antagonist compounds for the inhibition of expression of mitochondrial glycerol-3-phosphate acyltransferase 1 (mtGPAT1)
EP2320925B1 (en) 2008-07-10 2015-12-23 Regenesance B.V. Complement antagonists and uses thereof
US9033197B2 (en) 2008-07-17 2015-05-19 Nir Bar Spool holder
US7932256B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2011-04-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (S)-4-(1-cyclopropyl-2-methoxyethyl)-6-(6-(difluoromethoxy)-2,5-dimethylpyridin-3-ylamino)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazine-2-carbonitrile: a pyrazinone modulator of corticotropin-releasing factor receptor activity
WO2010017509A1 (en) 2008-08-07 2010-02-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of transthyretin expression for the treatment of cns related disorders
WO2010045584A1 (en) 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Endocyte, Inc. Folate targeting of nucleotides
WO2010076248A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-07-08 Santaris Pharma A/S Use of lna apob antisense oligomers for the treatment of acute coronary syndromes
AT507215B1 (en) 2009-01-14 2010-03-15 Boehler Edelstahl Gmbh & Co Kg WEAR-RESISTANT MATERIAL
US20120053229A1 (en) 2009-03-31 2012-03-01 The General Hospital Corporation Regulation of MIR-33 MicroRNAs in the Treatment of Cholesterol-Related Disorders
EP2421970B1 (en) 2009-04-24 2016-09-07 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of hcv patients that are non-responders to interferon
MX2011013078A (en) 2009-06-12 2012-02-01 Santaris Pharma As New potent anti apob antisense compounds.
US8563528B2 (en) 2009-07-21 2013-10-22 Santaris Pharma A/S Antisense oligomers targeting PCSK9
BR112012008865A2 (en) 2009-10-16 2019-09-24 Glaxo Group Ltd antisense hbv inhibitors.
KR101663617B1 (en) 2009-10-29 2016-10-07 엘지전자 주식회사 A method for transmitting and receiving downlink reference signals, and a base station and a user equipment thereof
US20130023578A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2013-01-24 Samyang Biopharmaceuticals Corporation siRNA for inhibition of c-Met expression and anticancer composition containing the same
WO2011085271A2 (en) 2010-01-08 2011-07-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression
US8846631B2 (en) 2010-01-14 2014-09-30 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. MicroRNA compositions and methods
AP3284A (en) 2010-02-24 2015-05-31 Arrowhead Res Corp Compositions for targeted delivery of SIRNA
WO2011123621A2 (en) 2010-04-01 2011-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2' and 5' modified monomers and oligonucleotides
WO2011126937A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Targeted intracellular delivery of oligonucleotides via conjugation with small molecule ligands
WO2011130458A2 (en) * 2010-04-13 2011-10-20 John Rossi Rna aptamers against baff-r as cell-type specific delivery agents and methods for their use
KR20130103662A (en) 2010-04-19 2013-09-24 엔라이프 떼라퓨틱스, 에스.엘. Compositions and methods for selective delivery of oligonucleotide molecules to specific neuron types
WO2011133871A2 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-end derivatives
BR112012027547B1 (en) 2010-04-29 2022-06-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc SINGLE STRIP MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE, COMPOSITION, AND ITS USES TO TREAT TRANSTHIRRETIN AYLOIDOSIS, REDUCE ITS SYMPTOMS, AND TO REDUCE TRANSTHIRRETIN MRNA OR PROTEIN EXPRESSION
WO2012012716A2 (en) 2010-07-23 2012-01-26 Regulus Therapeutics, Inc. Targeting micrornas for the treatment of fibrosis
EP2612914B1 (en) * 2010-08-31 2017-06-21 Osaka University Oligonucleotide, and therapeutic agent for dyslipidemia containing oligonucleotide as active ingredient
WO2012078637A2 (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-14 Immune Disease Institute, Inc. Composition and method for oligonucleotide delivery
DK3226459T3 (en) 2010-12-13 2020-12-21 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Exchange of parameters related to measurement periods
RU2013117288A (en) 2010-12-17 2015-01-27 Эрроухэд Рисерч Корпорейшн CONTAINING GALACTOSY CLUSTER A TARGETING GROUP FOR miRNA MODULATING FORMKOKINETIC PROPERTIES
RU2582235C2 (en) 2010-12-29 2016-04-20 Ф.Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Low-molecular conjugates for intracellular delivery of nucleic acids
MX341118B (en) 2010-12-29 2016-08-09 Arrowhead Res Corp In vivo polynucleotide delivery conjugates having enzyme sensitive linkages.
AU2012207606B2 (en) 2011-01-11 2017-02-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pegylated lipids and their use for drug delivery
WO2012145674A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
UA118951C2 (en) 2011-04-21 2019-04-10 Айоніс Фармасьютікалз, Інк. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
ES2868950T3 (en) 2011-04-25 2021-10-22 Sanofi Sa MicroRNA compounds and methods to modulate miR-21 activity
CN102226185A (en) * 2011-05-09 2011-10-26 华中科技大学同济医学院附属同济医院 RNA aptamer of targeting hepatocyte and nucleotide sequence thereof
WO2012174154A1 (en) 2011-06-13 2012-12-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of inflammatory responses by factor vii
EP2721156B1 (en) 2011-06-16 2016-12-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 expression
JP6165723B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2017-07-19 アローヘッド ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for inhibiting gene expression of hepatitis B virus
DK2751270T3 (en) 2011-08-29 2018-10-29 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc OLIGOMER-CONJUGATE COMPLEXES AND THEIR USE
US9580708B2 (en) * 2011-09-14 2017-02-28 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Multimeric oligonucleotides compounds
WO2013070771A1 (en) 2011-11-07 2013-05-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Administration of factor xi antisense oligonucleotides
WO2013068348A1 (en) 2011-11-07 2013-05-16 Santaris Pharma A/S Lna oligomers for improvement in hepatic function
AU2013216852A1 (en) 2012-02-08 2014-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating Factor VII expression
WO2013142514A1 (en) 2012-03-19 2013-09-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating alpha-1-antitrypsin expression
US9221864B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2015-12-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2013159109A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2013-10-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
US9984408B1 (en) 2012-05-30 2018-05-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Method, medium, and system for live video cooperative shopping
EP2920304B1 (en) 2012-11-15 2019-03-06 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide conjugates
DK2951305T3 (en) 2013-01-30 2018-10-29 Hoffmann La Roche LNA oligonucleotide KULHYDRATKONJUGATER
US20160289677A1 (en) 2013-11-14 2016-10-06 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S APOB Antisense Conjugate Compounds
US9778708B1 (en) 2016-07-18 2017-10-03 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Dual sided latching retainer for computer modules

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090118213A1 (en) * 2005-09-15 2009-05-07 Henrik Frydenlund Hansen Rna antagonist compounds for the inhibition of apo-b100 expression
US20090239814A1 (en) * 2007-12-04 2009-09-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbohydrate Conjugates as Delivery Agents for Oligonucleotides
US9181549B2 (en) * 2013-05-01 2015-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Maier et al. (Bioconjugate Chem 2003, 14, 18-29). *

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11155816B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2021-10-26 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide conjugates
US10077443B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2018-09-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Oligonucleotide conjugates
US20150368642A1 (en) * 2013-01-30 2015-12-24 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Lna oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates
US11319536B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2022-05-03 Ionis Pharmacueticals, Inc. Modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression
WO2018165541A1 (en) * 2017-03-10 2018-09-13 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Treatment of fuchs' endothelial corneal dystrophy
US11512312B2 (en) 2017-03-10 2022-11-29 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Treatment of Fuchs' endothelial corneal dystrophy
US11963974B2 (en) 2017-03-10 2024-04-23 National Center For Child Health And Development Antisense oligonucleotide and composition for prevention or treatment of glycogen storage disease type Ia
US11273222B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2022-03-15 National Cerebral And Cardiovascular Center Antisense nucleic acid targeting PCSK9
US11492620B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-11-08 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Double-stranded oligonucleotide, composition and conjugate comprising double-stranded oligonucleotide, preparation method thereof and use thereof
US11660347B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-05-30 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Nucleic acid, composition and conjugate containing same, preparation method, and use thereof
EP3732185A4 (en) * 2017-12-29 2021-11-10 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Conjugates and preparation and use thereof
US11633482B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2023-04-25 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Conjugates and preparation and use thereof
US11918600B2 (en) 2018-08-21 2024-03-05 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Nucleic acid, pharmaceutical composition and conjugate containing nucleic acid, and use thereof
US11896674B2 (en) 2018-09-30 2024-02-13 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. SiRNA conjugate, preparation method therefor and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL268420A (en) 2019-09-26
IL238448A0 (en) 2015-06-30
MY173826A (en) 2020-02-24
JP6452614B2 (en) 2019-01-16
ZA201503375B (en) 2016-02-24
US20210238601A1 (en) 2021-08-05
CA2889044A1 (en) 2014-05-22
RU2015119411A (en) 2017-01-10
WO2014076195A1 (en) 2014-05-22
SG10201804331TA (en) 2018-07-30
CN117126846A (en) 2023-11-28
ES2724853T3 (en) 2019-09-16
KR20150083920A (en) 2015-07-20
EP2920304B1 (en) 2019-03-06
CA2889596C (en) 2022-08-23
KR102112892B1 (en) 2020-05-19
MX2015005792A (en) 2015-12-17
AU2013346767A2 (en) 2015-06-18
KR20150082643A (en) 2015-07-15
CN104837996A (en) 2015-08-12
RU2018112970A (en) 2019-03-01
WO2014076196A1 (en) 2014-05-22
DK2920304T3 (en) 2019-05-13
CN104884618A (en) 2015-09-02
RU2018112970A3 (en) 2020-05-27
CA2889596A1 (en) 2014-05-22
MX2015005794A (en) 2016-01-12
SI2920304T1 (en) 2019-06-28
PL2920304T3 (en) 2019-07-31
HK1214297A1 (en) 2016-07-22
JP2016501195A (en) 2016-01-18
AU2013346767B2 (en) 2019-04-11
EP2920307B1 (en) 2018-05-02
HRP20190826T1 (en) 2019-06-28
RU2653438C2 (en) 2018-05-08
NZ708171A (en) 2019-11-29
US11155816B2 (en) 2021-10-26
US20150275212A1 (en) 2015-10-01
EP3406718A1 (en) 2018-11-28
RU2015119409A (en) 2017-01-10
IL238448B (en) 2019-09-26
EP2920307A1 (en) 2015-09-23
US20180251764A1 (en) 2018-09-06
JP2019055995A (en) 2019-04-11
MX363068B (en) 2019-03-07
SG11201503821YA (en) 2015-06-29
AU2019202288A1 (en) 2019-04-18
AU2013346767A1 (en) 2015-05-28
HK1210213A1 (en) 2016-04-15
EP2920304A1 (en) 2015-09-23
DK2920307T3 (en) 2018-07-16
US10077443B2 (en) 2018-09-18
BR112015011112A2 (en) 2018-11-06
JP2016503300A (en) 2016-02-04
BR112015010116A2 (en) 2017-08-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11739332B2 (en) Antisense oligomers targeting PCSK9
EP2920307B1 (en) Anti apob antisense conjugate compounds
US20160289677A1 (en) APOB Antisense Conjugate Compounds
EP2951305B1 (en) Lna oligonucleotide carbohydrate conjugates
EA043736B1 (en) ANTISENSE OLIGOMERS AND THEIR CONJUGATES DIRECTED AT PROTEIN CONVERTASE SUBTILISIN/KEXIN TYPE 9 (PCSK9)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ROCHE INNOVATION CENTER COPENHAGEN A/S, DENMARK

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ALBAEK, NANNA;HANSEN, HENRIK FRYDENLUND;KAMMLER, SUSANNE;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150804 TO 20150811;REEL/FRAME:036465/0147

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION